updated pot file

7 files changed, 42 insertions, 6979 deletions

diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/DrakX.pot b/perl-install/share/po/DrakX.pot
index 335d1684e..fd60e50d8 100644
--- a/perl-install/share/po/DrakX.pot
+++ b/perl-install/share/po/DrakX.pot
@@ -14609,7 +14609,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "You are about to configure your computer to install a PXE server as a DHCP server\n"
 "and a TFTP server to build an installation server.\n"
-"With that feature, other computers on your local network will be installable using from this computer.\n"
+"With that feature, other computers on your local network will be installable using this computer as source.\n"
 "\n"
 "Make sure you have configured your Network/Internet access using drakconnect before going any further.\n"
 "\n"
@@ -15198,11 +15198,21 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../standalone/harddrake2:1
 #, c-format
+msgid "the name of the CPU"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../standalone/harddrake2:1
+#, c-format
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../standalone/harddrake2:1
 #, c-format
+msgid "the number of buttons the mouse have"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../standalone/harddrake2:1
+#, c-format
 msgid "Number of buttons"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15358,7 +15368,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../standalone/harddrake2:1
 #, c-format
-msgid "The cpu frequency in Mhz (Mega herz which in first approximation may be coarsely assimilated to number of instructions the cpu is able to execute per second)"
+msgid "The CPU frequency in MHz (Megahertz which in first approximation may be coarsely assimilated to number of instructions the cpu is able to execute per second)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../standalone/harddrake2:1
diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot
index 5ad39f340..5e0c57b3b 100644
--- a/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot
+++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot
@@ -146,1763 +146,4 @@ msgstr ""
 "System installiert werden soll. Sofern alles leer ist bzw. ein\n"
 "Betriebssystem alles belegt, müssen die Platte(n) neu partitioniert werden.\n"
 "Prinzipiell besteht das Partitionieren der Platte(n) darin, den\n"
-"Plattenplatz so aufzuteilen, dass Ihr Mandrake Linux darauf installiert\n"
-"werden kann.\n"
-"\n"
-"Da dieser Schritt normalerweise irreversibel ist, kann das Partitionieren\n"
-"für unerfahrene Anwender unangenehm und stressig sein. Dieser Assistent\n"
-"kann Ihnen diesen Schritt abnehmen. Lesen Sie dennoch vor Beginn im\n"
-"Handbuch die entsprechenden Passagen und lassen Sie sich Zeit mit der\n"
-"Entscheidung.\n"
-"\n"
-"Wenn Sie die Installation im Expertenmodus durchführen, werden Sie nun das\n"
-"Mandrake Linux Partitionier-Werkzeug kennen lernen: „DiskDrake“. Es erlaubt\n"
-"Ihnen Ihre Partitionen genau auf Ihre Bedürfnisse abzustimmen. Falls Sie\n"
-"keine Ahnung haben, wie Sie die Festplatte partitionieren sollen, wählen\n"
-"Sie die Schaltfläche „Assistent“ und überlassen diesem damit die gesamte\n"
-"Arbeit.\n"
-"\n"
-"Sollten Sie bereits Partitionen haben (etwa von einer alten GNU/Linux\n"
-"Installation oder solche, die mit einem anderen Partitionierungswerkzeug\n"
-"erstellt wurden), die Sie für die Installation von Mandrake Linux verwenden\n"
-"wollen, wählen Sie diese hier einfach aus.\n"
-"\n"
-"Falls noch keine Partitionen existieren, müssen Sie sie erstellen.\n"
-"Verwenden Sie dafür obigen Assistenten. Abhängig vom aktuellen Zustand\n"
-"Ihrer Platte(n) haben Sie verschiedene Alternativen:\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Freien Platz verwenden“: Dies führt einfach dazu, dass Ihre leere(n)\n"
-"Festplatte(n) automatisch partitioniert werden; Sie müssen sich also um\n"
-"nichts weiter kümmern.(*)\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Verwende existierende“: Der Assistent hat eine oder mehrere\n"
-"existierende Linux Partitionen auf Ihrer Platte gefunden. Wählen Sie diese\n"
-"Schaltfläche, falls Sie sie behalten wollen. Sie werden dann gebeten, die\n"
-"Einhängpunkte der Partitionen anzugeben. Als Vorgabe erhalten Sie die\n"
-"Einhängpunkte der gefundenen Distribution, normalerweise ist es nicht nötig\n"
-"diese zu ändern.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Freien Platz der Windows Partition verwenden“: Falls der gesamte\n"
-"Plattenplatz aktuell für Microsoft Windows(TM) verschwendet ist, müssen Sie\n"
-"für GNU/Linux Platz schaffen. Um dies zu erreichen, können Sie entweder\n"
-"Ihre Microsoft Windows(TM) Partition(en) samt Daten löschen (siehe\n"
-"„Komplette Platte löschen“ oder „Experten-Modus“) oder Ihre Windows\n"
-"Partition verkleinern. Letzteres geht ohne Datenverlust. Sie sollten diese\n"
-"Variante wählen, falls Sie beide Betriebssysteme (Windows und Mandrake\n"
-"Linux) nebeneinander nutzen wollen.\n"
-"\n"
-"   Bevor Sie sich für diese Variante entscheiden, sei hier noch einmal\n"
-"betont, dass das bedeutet, Sie haben weniger Platz für Windows als\n"
-"momentan.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Komplette Platte löschen“: Falls Sie alle Daten Ihrer Platte verlieren,\n"
-"und sie durch Ihr neues Mandrake Linux System ersetzen wollen, wählen Sie\n"
-"diese Schaltfläche. Beachten Sie, dass dieser Schritt nicht rückgängig\n"
-"gemacht werden kann.\n"
-"\n"
-"   !! Wenn Sie diese Variante wählen, werden alle Ihre Daten auf der Platte\n"
-"gelöscht! !!\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Windows(TM) löschen“: Bei dieser Variante werden alle Windows\n"
-"Partitionen gelöscht und die Platte(n) komplett neu partitioniert.\n"
-"\n"
-"   !! Wenn Sie diese Variante wählen, werden alle Ihre Daten auf der Platte\n"
-"gelöscht! !!\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Expertenmodus“: Wenn Sie Ihre Festplatte selber von Hand partitionieren\n"
-"wollen, dann können Sie diese Option wählen. Seien Sie bitte sehr\n"
-"sorgfältig, wenn Sie diese Lösung wählen, da Sie zwar alle möglichen\n"
-"Einstellungen vornehmen, aber gleichzeitig auch sehr leicht Daten verlieren\n"
-"können. Diese Option ist nur geeignet, wenn Sie wissen, was Sie tun. Um zu\n"
-"erfahren, wie Sie DiskDrake verwenden können, lesen Sie bitte das Kapitel\n"
-"„Ihre Partitionen verwalten“ im „Starter Handbuch“\n"
-"\n"
-"(*) In Deutschland ist es quasi unmöglich, Komplettrechner mit leeren\n"
-"Festplatten zu erhalten, da laut Gesetz nur Rechner mit BS verkauft werden\n"
-"dürfen. Diese Regelung stammt noch aus der Zeit, als Politiker nur\n"
-"proprietäre kommerzielle BSe kannten und sich nicht vorstellen konnten,\n"
-"dass es freie und sogar kostenlose Alternativen gibt. Jeder Käufer eines\n"
-"Komplettrechners ohne BS wurde quasi mit einem Raubkopierer von Produkten\n"
-"aus Redmond gleichgesetzt."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on it will be lost\n"
-"and will not be recoverable!"
-msgstr ""
-"Bitte wählen Sie die Festplatte, die Sie löschen wollen, um Ihr neues\n"
-"Mandrake Linux zu installieren. Bedenken Sie dabei, dass alle Daten auf\n"
-"dieser Platte nach diesem Schritt unwiederbringlich verloren sind!"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user can have their own\n"
-"preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n"
-"to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", which is the\n"
-"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be\n"
-"authorized to change anything except their own files and their own\n"
-"configuration, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n"
-"changes that impact the system as a whole. You will have to create at least\n"
-"one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use\n"
-"for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as \"root\"\n"
-"to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A mistake\n"
-"could mean that your system would not work any more. If you make a serious\n"
-"mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is that you will lose\n"
-"some information, but not affect the entire system.\n"
-"\n"
-"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
-"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
-"you typed in and copy it to the \"User name\" field, which is the name this\n"
-"user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override the\n"
-"default and change the username. The next step is to enter a password. From\n"
-"a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is not\n"
-"as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect it by\n"
-"making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones at\n"
-"risk.\n"
-"\n"
-"Once you click on \"Accept user\", you can add other users. Add a user for\n"
-"each one of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click\n"
-"\"Next ->\" when you have finished adding users.\n"
-"\n"
-"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\"\n"
-"for that user (bash by default).\n"
-"\n"
-"When you are finished adding all users, you will be asked to choose a user\n"
-"that can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
-"you are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
-"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"Next\n"
-"->\". If you are not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"Do you want\n"
-"to use this feature?\" box."
-msgstr ""
-"GNU/Linux ist ein Mehrbenutzer-System, das bedeutet konkret jedes\n"
-"Benutzerkennzeichen hat eigene Präferenzen (Grafische Umgebung,\n"
-"Programmeinstellungen, etc.), sowie ein eigenes Heim-Verzeichnis, in dem\n"
-"diese Einstellungen gespeichert werden. Falls Sie mehr wissen wollen,\n"
-"können Sie im „Benutzerhandbuch“ nachsehen. Sie können mehrere normale\n"
-"Benutzerkonten einrichten, im Gegensatz zum „privilegierten“ Kennzeichen:\n"
-"»root«, das einmalig ist. Im Gegensatz zu »root« können diese normalen\n"
-"Benutzer jedoch nur ihre eigenen Dateien und Konfigurationen verändern. Sie\n"
-"können sogar mehrere Benutzerkennzeichen pro Person einrichten, denen Sie\n"
-"Zugang zu Ihrem GNU/Linux-System gewähren wollen. Erstellen Sie sich ein\n"
-"eigenes Benutzerkennzeichen, auch wenn Sie der einzige Anwender sind, der\n"
-"diesen Rechner nutzt. Sie sollten nicht ständig mit dem privilegierten\n"
-"Kennzeichen arbeiten! Das ist ein hohes Sicherheitsrisiko! Wenn Sie einen\n"
-"schweren Fehler als einfacher Benutzer machen, dann können Sie maximal\n"
-"Daten verlieren, jedoch nicht Ihr gesamtes System unbrauchbar machen.\n"
-"\n"
-"Zuerst geben Sie bitte einen normalen Namen an. Das muss nicht\n"
-"notwendigerweise Ihr richtiger Name sein. „DrakX“ wird das erste Wort, das\n"
-"Sie eingegeben haben, in das Feld „Benutzerkennzeichen“ eintragen. Dies ist\n"
-"der Name, den Sie zum Anmelden für dieses Kennzeichen benötigen. Natürlich\n"
-"können Sie ihn hier nach Belieben verändern. Dann geben Sie Ihrem Konto ein\n"
-"Passwort. Für ein Benutzerkennzeichen ist dieses zwar nicht von so\n"
-"herausragender Bedeutung wie das für »root«, doch Sie sollten trotzdem\n"
-"etwas Sorgfalt walten lassen. Immerhin sind es Ihre Daten ...\n"
-"\n"
-"Klicken Sie auf „Benutzer akzeptieren“, um das Kennzeichen zu erstellen.\n"
-"Anschließend können Sie direkt weitere Benutzer hinzufügen. Wenn Sie alle\n"
-"Kennzeichen erstellt haben, klicken Sie auf „Fertig“.\n"
-"\n"
-"Durch Anwahl der Schaltfläche „Fortgeschritten“ haben Sie auch die\n"
-"Möglichkeit, die Standard-Shell dieses Benutzers ändern (normalerweise ist\n"
-"dies die „Bash“).\n"
-"\n"
-"Wenn Sie alle Kennzeichen erstellt haben, die Sie nutzen wollen, wird Ihnen\n"
-"die Möglichkeit eröffnet, ein Kennzeichen automatisch beim\n"
-"Betriebssystemstart angemeldet zu bekommen. Falls Sie sich für diese\n"
-"Funktionalität entscheiden (und wenig Wert auf Sicherheit legen) wählen Sie\n"
-"einfach die gewünschte Arbeitsumgebung und das Kennzeichen aus. Bestätigen\n"
-"Sie Ihre Auswahl durch betätigen der Schaltfläche „Ja“. Andernfalls\n"
-"betätigen Sie einfach die Schaltfläche „Nein“."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Finally, you will be asked whether you want to see the graphical interface\n"
-"at boot. Note this question will be asked even if you chose not to test the\n"
-"configuration. Obviously, you want to answer \"No\" if your machine is to\n"
-"act as a server, or if you were not successful in getting the display\n"
-"configured."
-msgstr ""
-"Nun werden Sie gefragt, ob Sie in die grafische Umgebung starten wollen. Es\n"
-"sei angemerkt, dass Sie das auch gefragt werden, wenn die Grafikkarte\n"
-"vorher nicht getestet wurde. Sie sollten mit „Nein“ antworten, falls Ihr\n"
-"Rechner als Server dienen sollte oder der Test der Grafikumgebung zu\n"
-"Problemen führte."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n"
-"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n"
-"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n"
-"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct\n"
-"parameters.\n"
-"\n"
-"Yaboot's main options are:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n"
-"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n"
-"to hold this information.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n"
-"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n"
-"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n"
-"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second before your\n"
-"default kernel description is selected;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n"
-"at the first boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n"
-"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n"
-"Firmware Delay expires."
-msgstr ""
-"Yaboot ist ein BS-Starter für NewWorld MacIntosh Rechner. Er kann sowohl\n"
-"GNU/Linux als auch MacOS oder MacOS X starten, falls diese auf Ihrem\n"
-"Rechner installiert sind. Normalerweise werden diese Betriebssysteme alle\n"
-"automatisch gefunden und eingebunden. Sollte dies nicht der Fall sein,\n"
-"können Sie diese hier manuell hinzufügen. Stellen Sie jedoch sicher, die\n"
-"richtigen Parameter zu verwenden.\n"
-"\n"
-"Die Hauptparameter von yaboot sind:\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Init Nachricht“: Ein Text, der vor der Eingabeaufforderung angezeigt\n"
-"wird.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Boot Gerät“: Hiermit wird angegeben, wohin die Informationen zum\n"
-"Starten Ihres GNU/Linux Systems geschrieben werden sollen. Sie sollten in\n"
-"einem früheren Schritt bereits eine Boot-Partition angelegt haben, um diese\n"
-"Daten zu beherbergen.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Open Firmware Verzögerung“: Im Gegensatz zu LILO, stehen mit yaboot\n"
-"zwei Verzögerungen zur Verfügung. Die erste Verzögerung wird in Sekunden\n"
-"angegeben und dient zur Auswahl zwischen CD, OF Boot, MacOS oder Linux.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „BS-Startverzögerung für den Kern“: Diese Verzögerung entspricht der\n"
-"LILO Start-Verzögerung. Sie haben nach der Auswahl von GNU/Linux diese\n"
-"Verzögerung (in 0,1 Sekunden Schritten) Zeit, bis der Standardkern geladen\n"
-"wird.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „BS-Start von CD erlauben“: Markieren dieses Punkts erlaubt es Ihnen an\n"
-"der ersten Eingabeaufforderung [C] für den Start von CD zu wählen.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Open Firmware Start erlauben“: Markieren dieses Punkts erlaubt es Ihnen\n"
-"an der ersten Eingabeaufforderung [N] für den Open Firmware Start zu\n"
-"wählen.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Standard BS“: Hiermit stellen Sie ein, welches Betriebssystem nach\n"
-"Ablauf der Open Firmware Verzögerung automatisch gestartet werden soll."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n"
-"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
-"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n"
-"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n"
-"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use. Refer to the \"msec\"\n"
-"chapter of the ``Command Line Manual'' to get more information about the\n"
-"meaning of these levels.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option."
-msgstr ""
-"Nun ist es an der Zeit, die gewünschte Sicherheitsebene für Ihr System\n"
-"festzulegen. Als Faustregel sollte hier dienen: Je zugänglicher die\n"
-"Maschine ist und je kritischer die auf ihr gesicherten Daten sind, desto\n"
-"höher sollte die Sicherheitsebene sein. Andererseits geht die gewonnene\n"
-"Sicherheit zulasten der Benutzerfreundlichkeit und Einfachheit, mit der\n"
-"gewisse Befehle/Abläufe durchgeführt werden können. Ausführlichere\n"
-"Erläuterungen zu den verschiedenen Sicherheitsebenen erhalten Sie im\n"
-"Kapitel MSEC des „Referenzhandbuchs“.\n"
-"\n"
-"Sollten Sie sich an dieser Stelle nicht sicher sein, so behalten Sie die\n"
-"Standardeinstellung bei."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
-"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
-msgstr ""
-"Wählen Sie bitte den richtigen Anschluss. So ist etwa der unter Windows\n"
-"„COM1“ genannte Anschluss in GNU/Linux unter „ttyS0“ erreichbar."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of various information it has\n"
-"about your system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some\n"
-"or all of the following entries:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Mouse\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
-"to change it if necessary.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Keyboard\": check the current keyboard map configuration and click on\n"
-"the button to change that if necessary.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Country\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
-"country, click on the button and choose another one.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Timezone\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the\n"
-"primary language you have chosen. But here, just as in your choice of a\n"
-"keyboard, you may not be in the country with which the chosen language\n"
-"should correspond. You may need to click on the \"Timezone\" button to\n"
-"configure the clock for the correct timezone.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Printer\": clicking on the \"No Printer\" button will open the printer\n"
-"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
-"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n"
-"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Bootloader\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration,\n"
-"click that button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Graphical Interface\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical\n"
-"interface in \"800x600\" resolution. If that does not suits you, click on\n"
-"the button to reconfigure your grapical interface.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Network\": If you want to configure your Internet or local network\n"
-"access now, you can by clicking on this button.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Sound card\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is\n"
-"displayed here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that\n"
-"is actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n"
-"another driver.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"TV card\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n"
-"here. If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on the button to\n"
-"try to configure it manually.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"ISDN card\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be\n"
-"displayed here. You can click on the button to change the parameters\n"
-"associated with the card."
-msgstr ""
-"Hier bekommen Sie verschiedene Parameter Ihres Systems angezeigt. Je nach\n"
-"vorhandener Hardware sehen Sie hier (oder eben nicht) folgende Einträge:\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Maus“: Kontrollieren Sie die konfigurierte Maus und betätigen Sie,\n"
-"falls notwendig, die Schaltfläche.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Tastatur“: Kontrollieren Sie die aktuelle Tastaturvorgabe und wählen\n"
-"Sie die Schaltfläche, falls Sie die Vorgabe ändern wollen.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Zeitzone“: „DrakX“ versucht die Zeitzone anhand der gewählten Sprache\n"
-"zu „erraten“. Es ist jedoch möglich, dass Sie sich nicht in dem Land\n"
-"befinden, das die vorgegebene Sprache erahnen lässt. In diesem Fall sollten\n"
-"Sie die Schaltfläche anwählen, um die Uhr entsprechend Ihrer lokalen\n"
-"Zeitzone zu setzen.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Drucker“: Durch Anwahl der Schaltfläche „Kein Drucker“ starten Sie den\n"
-"Druckerassistenten. Weitere Informationen erhalten Sie im Drucker-Kapitel\n"
-"des „Starter Handbuch“. Das dort vorgestellte Programm entspricht dem\n"
-"während der Installation angebotenen.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Soundkarte“: Falls eine Soundkarte in Ihrem Rechner gefunden wurde,\n"
-"wird sie hier angezeigt. Es ist jedoch keine Änderung während der\n"
-"Installation möglich.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „TV-Karte“: Falls eine TV-Karte in Ihrem Rechner gefunden wurde, wird\n"
-"sie hier angezeigt. Es ist jedoch keine Änderung während der Installation\n"
-"möglich.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „ISDN Karte“: Falls eine ISDN Karte in Ihrem Rechner gefunden wurde,\n"
-"wird sie hier angezeigt. Durch Anwahl der Schaltfläche können Sie die\n"
-"Parameter ändern."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"This step is activated only if an ols GNU/Linux partition has been found on\n"
-"your machine.\n"
-"\n"
-"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n"
-"of an existing Mandrake Linux system:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Install\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old\n"
-"system. If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or\n"
-"change the file system, you should use this option. However, depending on\n"
-"your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from\n"
-"being over- written.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Upgrade\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
-"currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. Your current\n"
-"partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other\n"
-"configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.\n"
-"\n"
-"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandrake Linux systems\n"
-"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior\n"
-"to Mandrake Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
-msgstr ""
-"„DrakX“ fragt Sie nun nach der gewünschten Installationsart. Sie haben die\n"
-"Wahl zwischen einer Standardinstallation („Empfehlenswert“) und einer\n"
-"Variante, in der Sie mehr Einfluss ausüben können („Experte“). Sie müssen\n"
-"sich nun auch entscheiden, ob Sie eine Installation oder eine\n"
-"Aktualisierung einer bereits vorhandenen Mandrake Linux-Version vornehmen\n"
-"wollen. Es ist möglich, die Installation über ein existierendes BS zu\n"
-"installieren und dieses damit zu entfernen. Sie können auch eine\n"
-"Aktualisierung vornehmen, um eine existierende Installation zu reparieren.\n"
-"Wählen Sie:\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Installieren“: Entfernt komplett ältere Versionen von Mandrake Linux,\n"
-"die noch installiert sind - um genau zu sein, können Sie je nach aktuellem\n"
-"Inhalt Ihrer Platte auch einige ältere Linux- oder anderweitige Partitionen\n"
-"unangetastet behalten.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Aktualisieren“: Mit dieser Variante können Sie eine existierende\n"
-"Mandrake Linux Version aktualisieren. Die Partitionstabellen sowie die\n"
-"persönlichen Verzeichnisse der Anwender bleiben erhalten. Alle anderen\n"
-"Installationsschritte werden wie bei einer Installation ausgeführt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Nur Pakete aktualisieren“: In dieser Variante werden alle Schritte der\n"
-"Installation, bis auf die Auswahl der zu installierenden Pakete,\n"
-"übersprungen.\n"
-"\n"
-"Aktualisierungen von Mandrake Linux „8.1“ oder aktuelleren Systemen sollten\n"
-"problemlos funktionieren.\n"
-"\n"
-"Je nachdem, wie viel Erfahrung Sie mit GNU/Linux haben, können Sie sich für\n"
-"eine der folgenden Installations- oder Aktualisierungsarten für Ihr\n"
-"Mandrake Linux System entscheiden:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Empfehlenswert: Falls Sie noch nie ein GNU/Linux Betriebssystem\n"
-"installiert haben. Die Installation wird sehr einfach sein und es werden\n"
-"Ihnen nur sehr wenige Fragen gestellt werden.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Experte: Wenn Sie den Umgang mit GNU/Linux „im Schlaf“ beherrschen und\n"
-"hochgranulare Wahlmöglichkeiten wünschen, ist dies Ihre\n"
-"Installationsmethode. Seien Sie sehr vorsichtig, wenn Sie sich für diese\n"
-"Installationsklasse entscheiden. Die Antworten auf einige Fragen können\n"
-"sehr schwierig sein und Auswirkungen auf Sicherheit und Stabilität Ihrer\n"
-"Distribution haben. Wählen Sie diese Installationsklasse also wirklich nur\n"
-"wenn Sie wissen, was Sie tun!\n"
-"\n"
-"Dieses Handbuch wird sich auf die Installationsart „Experte“ konzentrieren.\n"
-"Sollten Sie sich stattdessen für die Klasse „Empfehlenswert“ entscheiden,\n"
-"überlesen Sie bitte einfach die Abschnitte, die für Sie nicht zutreffen."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n"
-"packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n"
-"fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n"
-"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Choose\n"
-"\"Yes\" if you have a working Internet connection, or \"No\" if you prefer\n"
-"to install updated packages later.\n"
-"\n"
-"Choosing \"Yes\" displays a list of places from which updates can be\n"
-"retrieved. Choose the one nearest you. A package-selection tree will\n"
-"appear: review the selection, and press \"Install\" to retrieve and install\n"
-"the selected package( s), or \"Cancel\" to abort."
-msgstr ""
-"Es ist sehr wahrscheinlich, dass zum Zeitpunkt Ihrer Mandrake Linux\n"
-"Installation bereits einige Pakete aktualisiert wurden, etwa da noch Fehler\n"
-"entdeckt und beseitigt wurden oder da in Paketen Sicherheitslücken entdeckt\n"
-"wurden, für die bereits Lösungen existieren. Um von diesen aktualisierten\n"
-"Paketen Gebrauch zu machen, wird Ihnen nun angeboten, diese aus dem\n"
-"Internet nachzuladen. Betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „Ja“, wenn Sie einen\n"
-"Internetzugang haben, um die Pakete zu installieren, andernfalls betätigen\n"
-"Sie die Schaltfläche „Nein“. Sie können diese Pakete natürlich auch\n"
-"jederzeit nach der Installation noch installieren.\n"
-"\n"
-"Betätigen der Schaltfläche „Ja“ zeigt Ihnen eine Liste von Servern, von\n"
-"denen Sie die Aktualisierungen herunterladen können. Wählen Sie einen in\n"
-"Ihrer Nähe. Sie erhalten dann einen Paketauswahldialog: Kontrollieren Sie\n"
-"die Auswahl und bestätigen Sie diese durch Betätigen von „Installieren“.\n"
-"Die Pakete werden nun angefordert und installiert. Sollten Sie das nicht\n"
-"wünschen, betätigen Sie einfach die Schaltfläche „Abbruch“."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"This dialog allows to finely tune your bootloader:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Bootloader to use\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"GRUB\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"LILO with text menu\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu\n"
-"interface.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"LILO with graphical menu\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical\n"
-"interface.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Boot device\": in most cases, you will not change the default\n"
-"(\"/dev/hda\"), but if you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the\n"
-"second hard drive (\"/dev/hdb\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"/dev/fd0\");\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Delay before booting the default image\": after a boot or a reboot of\n"
-"the computer, this is the delay given to the user at the console to select\n"
-"a boot entry other than the default.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n"
-"\"Skip\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n"
-"system! Be sure you know what you do before changing any of the options. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options\n"
-"that are reserved for the expert user."
-msgstr ""
-"LILO und grub sind Betriebssystemstarter für GNU/Linux. Diese\n"
-"Installationsphase läuft in den meisten Fällen völlig automatisch ab. DrakX\n"
-"analysiert den Bootsektor und ergreift dann die passenden Maßnahmen:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Findet DrakX einen Windows-Bootsektor, ersetzt es ihn durch einen grub-\n"
-"oder LILO-Bootsektor. Sie erhalten dadurch die Möglichkeit, beim\n"
-"Systemstart zwischen Windows (bzw. anderen Betriebssystemen, sofern\n"
-"vorhanden) und GNU/Linux auszuwählen;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Findet DrakX einen Linux-Bootsektor vor, ersetzt es ihn durch einen\n"
-"neuen;\n"
-"\n"
-"Im Zweifelsfall bietet DrakX Ihnen einen Dialog mit verschiedenen\n"
-"Auswahlmöglichkeiten.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Zu verwendender Betriebssystemstarter“: Hier erhalten Sie drei\n"
-"Alternativen:\n"
-"\n"
-"    * „Grub“: Falls Sie grub (Textmenü) bevorzugen.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * „LILO mit grafischem Menü“: Falls Sie LILO mit seiner grafischen\n"
-"Oberfläche bevorzugen.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * „LILO mit Textmenü“: Falls Sie LILO mit Textmenü als Ihren Favoriten\n"
-"ansehen.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Boot Gerät“: Normalerweise müssen Sie hier nichts ändern („/dev/hda“),\n"
-"Sie könnten jedoch den Starter auch auf der zweiten Platte installieren,\n"
-"(„/dev/hdb“) oder sogar auf einer Diskette („/dev/fd0“).\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Wartezeit vorm Starten des Standard Betriebssystems“: Wenn Sie Ihren\n"
-"Rechner neu starten erhalten Sie im Menü der zur Verfügung stehenden BSe\n"
-"eine gewisse Zeit um auszuwählen, was Sie starten möchten. Sollten Sie\n"
-"während dieser Zeit keine Wahl getroffen haben, wird Ihr Standard-BS\n"
-"gestartet.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! Machen Sie sich klar, dass Sie sich selbst darum kümmern müssen,\n"
-"irgendwie Ihr Mandrake Linux-System zu starten, wenn Sie hier keinen\n"
-"Betriebssystemstarter installieren (durch Auswahl von „Abbruch“). Stellen\n"
-"Sie auch sicher, dass Sie wissen was Sie tun, wenn Sie hier Einstellungen\n"
-"verändern ... !!\n"
-"\n"
-"Durch wählen der Schaltfläche „Fortgeschritten“ erhalten Sie etliche\n"
-"Optionen, die dem fortgeschrittenen Anwender vorbehalten bleiben."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
-"Please choose the one you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n"
-"\n"
-"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
-"\"Capacity\".\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
-"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
-"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
-"hard drives:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
-"\n"
-"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
-"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
-"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
-msgstr ""
-"Es wurde mehr als eine Windows-Partition gefunden. Wählen Sie bitte, welche\n"
-"sie verkleinern wollen, um Platz für Ihr neues Mandrake Linux zu schaffen.\n"
-"\n"
-"Die Partitionen werden folgendermaßen aufgelistet: „Linux-Name“,\n"
-"„Windows-Name“, „Kapazität“.\n"
-"\n"
-"„Linux-Name“ hat folgende Struktur: „Festplattentyp“, „Festplattennummer“,\n"
-"„Partitionsnummer“ (etwa „hda1“).\n"
-"\n"
-"„Festplattentyp“ ist „hd“, falls Ihre Platte eine IDE/ATAPI-Platte ist, und\n"
-"„sd“, wenn es sich um eine SCSI-Platte handelt.\n"
-"\n"
-"„Festplattennummer“ ist immer der Buchstabe hinter dem Festplattentyp. Bei\n"
-"IDE-Platten bedeutet:\n"
-"\n"
-" * „a“ bedeutet „Master-Platte am primären IDE-Controller“;\n"
-"\n"
-" * „b“ bedeutet „Slave-Platte am primären IDE-Controller“;\n"
-"\n"
-" * „c“ bedeutet „Master-Platte am sekundären IDE-Controller“;\n"
-"\n"
-" * „d“ bedeutet „Slave-Platte am sekundären IDE-Controller“;\n"
-"\n"
-"Bei SCSI-Platten steht „a“ für „niedrigste SCSI-ID“, „b“ für\n"
-"„zweitniedrigste SCSI-ID“, etc.\n"
-"\n"
-"„Windows-Name“ ist der Buchstabe, den die Partition unter Windows erhalten\n"
-"würde (die erste Partition der ersten Platte heißt „C:“)."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n"
-"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing systems\n"
-"is best for a particular type of configuration.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"pdq\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n"
-"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
-"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"pdq\n"
-"\" will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when\n"
-"used with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq \" if this is your\n"
-"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"CUPS\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n"
-"printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n"
-"simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n"
-"\"lpd \" printing system, so it compatible with older operating systems\n"
-"that may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n"
-"is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make\n"
-"sure to turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"CUPS\" includes graphical\n"
-"front-ends for printing or choosing printer options and for managing the\n"
-"printer.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you make a choice now, and later find that you don't like your printing\n"
-"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control\n"
-"Center and clicking the expert button."
-msgstr ""
-"Hier können Sie das Drucksystem für Ihren Rechner wählen. Andere\n"
-"Betriebssysteme bieten Ihnen nur eines, bei Mandrake Linux können Sie\n"
-"zwischen drei verschiedenen wählen.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „pdq“ - Es steht für „print, don't queue“ (engl. für „Drucken ohne\n"
-"Warteschlange“). Falls Sie einen Drucker haben, der direkt an Ihrem Rechner\n"
-"hängt und Sie keine Netzwerkdrucker verwenden wollen, ist dies das\n"
-"Drucksystem Ihrer Wahl. Es kann zwar auch mit Netzwerkdruckern umgehen, ist\n"
-"dabei aber extrem langsam. Wählen Sie „pdq“, wenn Sie ein GNU/Linux Neuling\n"
-"sind. Sie können diese Wahl später immer wieder ändern, indem Sie\n"
-"PrinterDrake im Mandrake-Kontrollzentrum starten und dort die Schaltfläche\n"
-"„Expertenmodus“ betätigen.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „CUPS“ - Mit dem „Common Unix Printing System“ (engl. für „Allgemeines\n"
-"Unix-Drucksystem“) können Sie ebenso gut um auf Ihrem direkt\n"
-"angeschlossenen Drucker drucken, wie auf einem Drucker, der an einem Server\n"
-"auf der anderen Seite der Welt hängt. Es ist einfach zu bedienen und kann\n"
-"sowohl als Server als auch als Klient für das alte „lpd“-Drucksystem\n"
-"verwendet werden - Es ist somit rückwärtskompatibel. Es ist sehr mächtig,\n"
-"in seiner Grundeinstellung verhält es sich jedoch genau wie „pdq“. Wenn Sie\n"
-"einen „lpd“ Server benötigen, müssen Sie einfach nur den „cups-lpd“ Dämon\n"
-"starten. CUPS bietet grafische Konfigurations- und Druckmenüs."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
-"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
-"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
-"two-button mouse can be ``pressed'' by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
-"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
-"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
-"\n"
-"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
-"from the provided list.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n"
-"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
-"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
-"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to\n"
-"go back to the list of choices.\n"
-"\n"
-"Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
-"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
-"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
-"pressing the \"Next ->\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen.\n"
-"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you\n"
-"see the on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test\n"
-"the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move\n"
-"your mouse."
-msgstr ""
-"„DrakX“ versucht normalerweise die Anzahl Tasten Ihrer Maus zu erkennen.\n"
-"Sollte das nicht möglich sein, so behandelt es Ihre Maus als\n"
-"Zwei-Tasten-Maus und emuliert die mittlere Taste. Es erkennt üblicherweise\n"
-"korrekt, ob es sich um eine serielle, eine PS/2- oder um eine USB-Maus\n"
-"handelt.\n"
-"\n"
-"Sollte dies nicht Ihren Vorstellungen entsprechen: Wählen Sie einfach Ihren\n"
-"Maustyp aus der Liste, die Ihnen angezeigt wird.\n"
-"\n"
-"Anschließend können Sie die Funktionstüchtigkeit Ihrer Maus überprüfen.\n"
-"Verwenden Sie auch die Knöpfe und gegebenenfalls das Mausrad, um\n"
-"sicherzustellen, dass die festgelegten Einstellungen funktionieren. Falls\n"
-"nicht, drücken Sie die [Leertaste] oder die Eingabetaste, um die\n"
-"Schaltfläche „Abbrechen“ zu betätigen und wählen Sie einen anderen Treiber\n"
-"aus.\n"
-"\n"
-"Es kommt vor, dass Mäuse mit Rädern nicht korrekt erkannt werden. Wählen\n"
-"Sie in diesem Fall die richtige Maus aus der vorgegebenen Liste. Stellen\n"
-"Sie sicher, dass Sie auch den Anschluss richtig angegeben haben. Nach\n"
-"betätigen der Schaltfläche „OK“, wird Ihnen ein Bild der gewählten Maus\n"
-"gezeigt. Bewegen Sie Räder und Tasten, um sicherzustellen, dass die Maus\n"
-"richtig erkannt wurde."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n"
-"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"Next\n"
-"->\". Mandrake Linux will attempt to autodetect network devices and modems.\n"
-"If this detection fails, uncheck the \"Use auto detection\" box. You may\n"
-"also choose not to configure the network, or to do it later, in which case\n"
-"clicking the \"Cancel\" button will take you to the next step.\n"
-"\n"
-"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n"
-"traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection, cable modem, and finally a\n"
-"simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n"
-"\n"
-"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n"
-"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n"
-"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n"
-"\n"
-"You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n"
-"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n"
-"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn Sie Ihren Computer mit dem Internet oder mit einem lokalen Netzwerk\n"
-"verbinden wollen, dann wählen Sie bitte die entsprechende Option aus. Bitte\n"
-"schalten Sie jedoch zuvor, falls nötig, die dafür benötigten Geräte ein,\n"
-"damit „DrakX“ sie automatisch erkennen kann.\n"
-"\n"
-"Mandrake Linux bietet Ihnen die Möglichkeit, Ihre Internet-Verbindung\n"
-"bereits während der Installation zu konfigurieren. Zur Auswahl stehen\n"
-"folgende Verbindungsarten: Herkömmliches Modem, ISDN Modem, ADSL\n"
-"Verbindung, Kabelmodem oder eine einfache LAN Verbindung (Ethernet).\n"
-"\n"
-"Wir wollen hier nicht weiter ins Detail gehen, nur soviel: Stellen Sie\n"
-"sicher, dass Sie die nötigen Parameter von Ihrem Internet Provider oder\n"
-"Systemadministrator erhalten haben.\n"
-"\n"
-"Lesen Sie im Kapitel über den Internetzugang im „Starter Handbuch“ nach,\n"
-"umsich über Details der Konfiguration zu informieren, oder benutzen Sie das\n"
-"dort beschriebene Programm nachdem Sie die Installation fertiggestellt\n"
-"haben.\n"
-"\n"
-"Wenn Sie Ihr Netzwerk erst nach Abschluss der Installation einrichten\n"
-"wollen, klicken Sie auf „Abbruch“."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
-"covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n"
-"terms in it, check the \"Accept\" box. If not, simply turn off your\n"
-"computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Lesen Sie bitte aufmerksam die Lizenz, bevor Sie fortfahren. Sie umfasst\n"
-"die gesamte Mandrake Linux Distribution. Sollten Sie nicht in allen Punkten\n"
-"zustimmen, betätigen Sie bitte die Schaltfläche „Zurückweisen“, um die\n"
-"Installation abzubrechen. Um mit der Installation fortzufahren, betätigen\n"
-"Sie die Schaltfläche „Akzeptieren“."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"This step is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot time.\n"
-"\n"
-"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n"
-"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not always needed at\n"
-"boot time.\n"
-"\n"
-"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
-"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
-"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
-"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n"
-"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n"
-"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n"
-"!!"
-msgstr ""
-"Als nächstes können Sie die Dienste auswählen, die während des\n"
-"Betriebssystemstarts aktiviert werden sollen.\n"
-"\n"
-"Hier werden alle Dienste, die nach der aktuellen Installation zum BS-Start\n"
-"zur Verfügung stehen, angezeigt. Lesen Sie diese Liste sorgfältig durch und\n"
-"markieren Sie nur die Dienste, die Sie immer ab dem BS-Start zur Verfügung\n"
-"haben wollen.\n"
-"\n"
-"Wenn Sie einen Dienst anwählen, erhalten Sie eine kurze Erklärung dazu.\n"
-"Wenn Sie nicht sicher sind, ob ein Dienst bzw. Server sinnvoll ist oder\n"
-"nicht, verändern Sie am Besten die voreingestellten Markierungen nicht.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! Sollten Sie Ihren Rechner als Server verwenden wollen, so müssen Sie an\n"
-"dieser Stelle besonders vorsichtig sein: wählen Sie alle Dienste ab, die\n"
-"Sie nicht benötigen. Denken Sie daran, dass etliche Dienste eine\n"
-"potentielle Einbruchstelle in das System von außen darstellen, wenn diese\n"
-"im Serverbetrieb laufen. Also, nur die Dienste einschalten, die Sie\n"
-"wirklich brauchen! !!"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n"
-"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n"
-"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n"
-"similar applications.\n"
-"\n"
-"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n"
-"machine. Mandrake Linux has four predefined installations available. You\n"
-"can think of these installation classes as containers for various packages.\n"
-"You can mix and match applications from the various containers, so a\n"
-"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n"
-"``Development'' container installed.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Workstation\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation,\n"
-"select one or more of the applications that are in the workstation\n"
-"container.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Development\": if plan on using your machine for programming, choose\n"
-"the appropriate packages from the container.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Server\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of\n"
-"the more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Graphical Environment\": this is where you will choose your preferred\n"
-"graphical environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a\n"
-"graphical interface available.\n"
-"\n"
-"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
-"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n"
-"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n"
-"different options for a minimal installation:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"With X\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
-"working graphical desktop.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"With basic documentation\": installs the base system plus basic\n"
-"utilities and their documentation. This installation is suitable for\n"
-"setting up a server.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Truly minimal install\": will install the absolute minimum number of\n"
-"packages necessary to get a working Linux system. With this installation\n"
-"you will only have a command line interface. The total size of this\n"
-"installation is 65 megabytes.\n"
-"\n"
-"You can check the \"Individual package selection\" box, which is useful if\n"
-"you are familiar with the packages being offered or if you want to have\n"
-"total control over what will be installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you started the installation in \"Upgrade\" mode, you can unselect all\n"
-"groups to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n"
-"updating an existing system."
-msgstr ""
-"Nun ist es Zeit sich zu entscheiden, welche Programme Sie auf Ihrem Rechner\n"
-"installieren wollen. Es gibt tausende von Paketen für Mandrake Linux, und\n"
-"Sie müssen sie nicht alle auswendig kennen.\n"
-"\n"
-"Wenn Sie eine klassische CD-ROM-Installation vornehmen, werden Sie zuerst\n"
-"nach den Ihnen zur Verfügung stehenden CDs gefragt (nur im Expertenmodus).\n"
-"Markieren Sie die Zeilen anhand der CDs die Sie vorliegen haben und klicken\n"
-"Sie auf die Schaltfläche „OK“.\n"
-"\n"
-"Die Pakete sind nach ihrer Verwendung in Gruppen eingeteilt. Diese Gruppen\n"
-"wiederum enthalten vier Abschnitte:\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Arbeitsplatzrechner“: Falls Ihr Rechner als Arbeitsplatzrechner\n"
-"verwendet werden soll, markieren Sie eine oder mehrere Gruppen.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Entwicklungsplattform“: Falls Sie mit Ihrem Rechner programmieren\n"
-"wollen, sollten Sie diese Gruppe markieren.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Server“: Wenn Ihre Maschine ein Server werden soll, können Sie hier die\n"
-"wichtigsten Dienste auswählen, die auf Ihren Rechner installiert werden\n"
-"sollen.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Grafische Oberfläche“: Wählen Sie hier Ihre bevorzugte grafische\n"
-"Arbeitsoberfläche. Wenn Sie eine grafische Oberfläche verwenden wollen, so\n"
-"müssen Sie hier zumindest eine Gruppe auswählen.\n"
-"\n"
-"Wenn Sie die Maus über eine Gruppe bewegen, erhalten Sie einen kurzen\n"
-"erklärenden Text über die Gruppe. Falls Sie bei einer Installation alle\n"
-"Markierungen entfernen, erscheint ein Dialog, in dem Sie zwischen\n"
-"verschiedenen Minimalinstallationen wählen können:\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Mit X“ Installiert eine rudimentäre grafische Oberfläche;\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Mit minimaler Dokumentation“ Installiert das Basissystem zuzüglich\n"
-"grundlegender Werkzeuge inklusive deren Dokumentation. Dies ist die\n"
-"sinnvollste Wahl für eine Serverinstallation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Extrem minimale Installation“ Sie erhalten eine komplett „nackte“ 65MB\n"
-"große GNU/Linux-Distribution (speziell auch ohne urpmi!). Es versteht sich\n"
-"von selbst, dass das nur eine Kommandozeileninstallation sein kann.\n"
-"\n"
-"Wenn Sie die Schaltfläche „Fortgeschritten“ anwählen, erhalten Sie die\n"
-"Möglichkeit, eine „Individuelle Paketauswahl“ durchzuführen. Das macht nur\n"
-"Sinn, wenn Sie die Pakete genau kennen oder wenn Sie volle Kontrolle\n"
-"darüber haben wollen, was installiert werden soll.\n"
-"\n"
-"Haben Sie die Installation als „Aktualisierung“ gestartet, können Sie die\n"
-"Markierungen aller Gruppen entfernen, um die Installation neuer Pakete zu\n"
-"vermeiden. Hierdurch werden nur bereits installierte Pakete aktualisiert\n"
-"oder repariert."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
-"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
-"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
-"\"Hardware clock set to GMT \", which will let GNU/Linux know that the\n"
-"system clock and the hardware clock are in the same timezone. This is\n"
-"useful when the machine also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"Automatic time synchronization \" option will automatically regulate\n"
-"the clock by connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this\n"
-"feature to work, you must have a working Internet connection. It is best to\n"
-"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
-"server that can used by other machines on your local network."
-msgstr ""
-"GNU/Linux arbeitet mit GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) und übersetzt diese anhand\n"
-"der Zeitzone in Ihre lokale Zeit.\n"
-"\n"
-"Da Microsoft Windows(TM) nicht sinnvoll mit GMT umgehen kann, müssen Sie\n"
-"„Nein“ wählen, falls Sie auch ein Betriebssystem aus dem Hause Microsoft\n"
-"auf Ihrem Rechner „beherbergen“\n"
-"\n"
-"Die Verwendung der Option „Automatische Zeit-Synchronisation“ reguliert\n"
-"Ihre Uhr, indem sie Verbindung mit einem Zeitserver im Internet aufnimmt.\n"
-"Wählen Sie aus der Liste einen Server in Ihrer Nähe. Damit die funktioniert\n"
-"benötigen Sie eine ständige Internetverbindung."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. DrakX\n"
-"knows if a selected package is located on another CD-ROM so it will eject\n"
-"the current CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required."
-msgstr ""
-"Da die Mandrake Linux-Distribution stetig wächst, wurde sie in mehrere\n"
-"CD-ROMs unterteilt. Es kann daher vorkommen, dass „DrakX“ Pakete von\n"
-"anderen, als der Installations-CD-ROM installieren will. In diesem Fall\n"
-"wird es die aktuelle CD-ROM auswerfen und nach einer anderen fragen."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
-"system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
-"administrator and is the only one authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
-"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
-"do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n"
-"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password that you chose too easy. As you\n"
-"can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n"
-"against. GNU/Linux is as prone to operator error as any other operating\n"
-"system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and unintentionally\n"
-"erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the partitions\n"
-"themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become \"root\".\n"
-"\n"
-"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
-"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it too\n"
-"easy to compromise a system.\n"
-"\n"
-"One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you\n"
-"must be able to remember it!\n"
-"\n"
-"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce\n"
-"the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password\n"
-"twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n"
-"``incorrect'' password will have to be used the first time you connect.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication\n"
-"server, clisk the \"Advanced\" button.\n"
-"\n"
-"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
-"services, select the appropriate one as \"authentication\". If you do not\n"
-"know which to use, ask your network administrator.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you happen to have problems with reminding passwords, you can choose to\n"
-"have \"No password\", if your computer won't be connected to the Internet,\n"
-"and if you trust anybody having access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können nun das »root« Passwort für Ihr Mandrake Linux System eingeben.\n"
-"Das Passwort muss zweimal eingegeben werden, um sicher zu stellen, dass Sie\n"
-"es korrekt eingegeben haben.\n"
-"\n"
-"»root« ist das Benutzerkennzeichen des Systemadministrators. Er ist der\n"
-"einzige der berechtigt ist, neue Software zu installieren, Systemdateien zu\n"
-"ändern oder neue Benutzerkennzeichen anzulegen. Kurz gesagt: »root« darf\n"
-"alles! Wählen Sie deshalb das Passwort sehr sorgfältig aus! Unberechtigter\n"
-"Zugang zu diesem Kennzeichen ist extrem gefährlich für die Integrität Ihres\n"
-"Systems und der darauf enthaltenen Daten. Daher müssen Sie auch ein\n"
-"Passwort auswählen, was nicht leicht zu erraten ist; „DrakX“ teilt Ihnen\n"
-"mit, wenn das Passwort zu einfach ist. Sie sehen, dass es auch möglich ist,\n"
-"kein Passwort zu vergeben. Wir raten Ihnen jedoch dringend davon ab!\n"
-"Glauben Sie nicht, dass nur, weil Sie GNU/Linux geladen haben, Ihre anderen\n"
-"Betriebssysteme vor Fehlern sicher sind. »root« hat keine Beschränkungen.\n"
-"Er könnte beispielsweise unbeabsichtigt erweise alle Daten auf allen\n"
-"Partitionen löschen, weil er unvorsichtigerweise auf die Partitionen selber\n"
-"zugegriffen hat!\n"
-"\n"
-"Das Passwort sollte eine Mischung aus alphanumerischen Zeichen sein und\n"
-"mindestens 8 Zeichen lang. Es sollte niemals irgendwo aufgeschrieben\n"
-"werden.\n"
-"\n"
-"Machen Sie das Passwort aber nicht zu lang oder zu kompliziert: Sie sollten\n"
-"es sich ohne großen Aufwand merken können.\n"
-"\n"
-"Sie müssen das Passwort zweimal eingeben - ein Tippfehler beim ersten\n"
-"Versuch könnte sonst zu einem Problem werden, da Sie anschließend das\n"
-"„falsche“ Passwort bei der Verbindung mit dem System eingeben müssten.\n"
-"\n"
-"Im Expertenmodus werden Ihnen zusätzliche Optionen zur Verfügung gestellt.\n"
-"Diese hängen davon ab, ob Sie mit sich mit einem Authentifizierungsserver\n"
-"verbinden wollen oder nicht.\n"
-"\n"
-"Falls in Ihrem Netzwerk LDAP, NIS oder PDC zur Authentifizierung verwendet\n"
-"wird, wählen Sie bitte den entsprechenden Menüpunkt. Falls Sie nicht\n"
-"wissen, welches Protokoll Sie verwenden, fragen Sie Ihren\n"
-"Netzwerkadministrator.\n"
-"\n"
-"Falls Ihr Rechner nicht an einem administrierten Netzwerk hängt, wählen Sie\n"
-"bitte „Lokale Dateien“ zur Authentifizierung."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Here are Listed the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
-"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
-"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
-"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
-"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
-"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
-"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
-"\n"
-"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
-"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
-"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
-"hard drives:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
-"\n"
-"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
-"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie erhalten die Liste, der auf Ihren Festplatten gefundenen GNU/Linux\n"
-"Partitionen. Sie können die Auswahl des Assistenten beibehalten - sie\n"
-"sollte normalerweise Ihren Bedürfnissen entsprechen. Falls Sie es vorziehen\n"
-"die Einhängpunkte selbst zu definieren, denken Sie bitte daran, dass Sie\n"
-"zumindest eine Verzeichnisbaumwurzel („/“ benötigen. Wählen Sie die\n"
-"Partitionen nicht zu klein, da Sie sonst nicht genügend Programme\n"
-"installieren können. Wenn Sie Ihre persönlichen Daten auf einer eigenen\n"
-"Partition halten wollen, legen Sie sich eine Partition namens „/home“ an.\n"
-"\n"
-"Die Partitionen werden folgendermaßen aufgelistet: „Name“, „Kapazität“.\n"
-"\n"
-"„Name“ hat folgende Struktur: „Festplattentyp“, „Festplattennummer“,\n"
-"„Partitionsnummer“ (etwa „hda1“).\n"
-"\n"
-"„Festplattentyp“ ist „hd“, falls Ihre Platte eine IDE/ATAPI-Platte ist, und\n"
-"„sd“, wenn es sich um eine SCSI-Platte handelt.\n"
-"\n"
-"„Festplattennummer“ ist immer der Buchstabe hinter dem Festplattentyp. Bei\n"
-"IDE-Platten bedeutet:\n"
-"\n"
-" * „a“ bedeutet „Master-Platte am primären IDE-Controller“;\n"
-"\n"
-" * „b“ bedeutet „Slave-Platte am primären IDE-Controller“;\n"
-"\n"
-" * „c“ bedeutet „Master-Platte am sekundären IDE-Controller“;\n"
-"\n"
-" * „d“ bedeutet „Slave-Platte am sekundären IDE-Controller“;\n"
-"\n"
-"Bei SCSI-Platten steht „a“ für „niedrigste SCSI-ID“, „b“ für\n"
-"„zweitniedrigste SCSI-ID“, etc."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Click on \"Next ->\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present\n"
-"on this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"Next ->\", you will not\n"
-"be able to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive,\n"
-"including any Windows data.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"<- Previous\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n"
-"partitions present on this hard drive."
-msgstr ""
-"Betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „OK“, wenn Sie alle Partitionen und die\n"
-"darauf befindlichen Daten löschen wollen. Bedenken Sie, dass Sie nach\n"
-"betätigen der Schaltfläche auch an die möglicherweise noch vorhandenen\n"
-"Windows-Daten nicht mehr gelangen werden!\n"
-"\n"
-"Wählen Sie „Abbruch“, um die Aktion ohne Datenverlust abzubrechen."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Checking \"Create a boot disk\" allows you to have a rescue bot media\n"
-"handy.\n"
-"\n"
-"The Mandrake Linux CD-ROM has a built-in rescue mode. You can access it by\n"
-"booting the CD-ROM, pressing the >> F1<< key at boot and typing >>rescue<<\n"
-"at the prompt. If your computer cannot boot from the CD-ROM, there are at\n"
-"least two situations where having a boot floppy is critical:\n"
-"\n"
-" * when installing the bootloader, DrakX will rewrite the boot sector (MBR)\n"
-"of your main disk (unless you are using another boot manager), to allow you\n"
-"to start up with either Windows or GNU/Linux (assuming you have Windows on\n"
-"your system). If at some point you need to reinstall Windows, the Microsoft\n"
-"install process will rewrite the boot sector and remove your ability to\n"
-"start GNU/Linux!\n"
-"\n"
-" * if a problem arises and you cannot start GNU/Linux from the hard disk,\n"
-"this floppy will be the only means of starting up GNU/Linux. It contains a\n"
-"fair number of system tools for restoring a system that has crashed due to\n"
-"a power failure, an unfortunate typing error, a forgotten root password, or\n"
-"any other reason.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you say \"Yes\", you will be asked to insert a disk in the drive. The\n"
-"floppy disk must be blank or have non-critical data on it - DrakX will\n"
-"format the floppy and will rewrite the whole disk."
-msgstr ""
-"Die Mandrake Linux CD-ROM hat einen eingebauten Rettungsmodus. Sie\n"
-"erreichen ihn durch Starten von CD-ROM, und Drücken von »F1« bei\n"
-"Bootbeginn. Geben Sie dann »rescue« an der Eingabeaufforderung ein. Falls\n"
-"Ihr Rechner nicht von CD-ROM starten kann, sollten Sie diesen Punkt\n"
-"unbedingt aus zwei Gründen abarbeiten:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Wenn DrakX den Betriebssystemstarter installiert, schreibt es den\n"
-"Boot-Sektor (MBR) Ihrer primären Festplatte neu (außer Sie wollen einen\n"
-"anderen Betriebssystemstarter verwenden), damit Sie die verschiedenen,\n"
-"vorhandenen Betriebssysteme starten können (etwa Windows und GNU/Linux).\n"
-"Sollten Sie etwa Windows neu installieren, wird dieses - ohne Sie zu fragen\n"
-"- Ihren Boot-Sektor überschreiben. Somit werden Sie Ihr GNU/Linux nicht\n"
-"mehr starten können! Mit einer Startdiskette können Sie Ihr\n"
-"GNU/Linux-System dann trotzdem hochfahren und diese Änderungen rückgängig\n"
-"machen.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Sollten Ihnen andere schwerwiegende Systemfehler das Starten von\n"
-"GNU/Linux von der Festplatte unmöglich machen, ist diese Startdiskette so\n"
-"ziemlich die einzige Möglichkeit, auf Ihr System zuzugreifen. Zudem enthält\n"
-"sie eine Anzahl von Systemprogrammen, die Ihnen bei der Behebung von\n"
-"Systemfehlern (nach einem Stromausfall, einen unglücklichen Tippfehler in\n"
-"einem Passwort, etc.) helfen werden.\n"
-"\n"
-"Wenn Sie diesen Schritt anwählen, wird „DrakX“ Sie bitten, eine Diskette in\n"
-"ein Laufwerk zu legen. Die Diskette sollte natürlich leer sein (zumindest\n"
-"keine relevanten Daten enthalten). Sie muss nicht formatiert sein, „DrakX“\n"
-"kümmert sich um alles."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n"
-"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n"
-"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n"
-"subgroups, or individual packages.\n"
-"\n"
-"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n"
-"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
-"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
-"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
-"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
-"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
-"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n"
-"security holes are discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n"
-"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n"
-"or why it is being installed, then click \"No\". Clicking \"Yes \" will\n"
-"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n"
-"default during boot. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"Automatic dependencies\" option is used to disable the warning dialog\n"
-"which appears whenever the installer automatically selects a package to\n"
-"resolve a dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each\n"
-"other such that installation of a package requires that some other program\n"
-"is already installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n"
-"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n"
-"\n"
-"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
-"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
-"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
-"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n"
-"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n"
-"create such a floppy."
-msgstr ""
-"Schlussendlich erhalten Sie (falls Sie sich für „Individuelle Paketauswahl“\n"
-"entschieden haben) eine Baumliste aller Pakete die zu den von Ihnen\n"
-"gewünschten Gruppen gehören. Diese Pakete sind nach Gruppen und\n"
-"Untergruppen klassifiziert. Beim Durchstöbern des Baums, können Sie\n"
-"Gruppen, Untergruppen oder einzelne Pakete markieren oder deren Markierung\n"
-"entfernen.\n"
-"\n"
-"Sobald Sie ein Paket auswählen, erscheint rechts eine kurze Beschreibung.\n"
-"Sobald Sie die Auswahl abgeschlossen haben, bestätigen Sie das durch\n"
-"Drücken der Schaltfläche „Installation“. Nun beginnt die eigentliche\n"
-"Installation. Falls Sie eine Vielzahl von Paketen installieren wollen,\n"
-"können Sie nun getrost einen Kaffee trinken gehen.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! Es kommt vor, dass Server- und Dienst-Pakete angewählt wurden - entweder\n"
-"absichtlich, oder als Paket einer ganzen Gruppe; sollte das der Fall sein,\n"
-"werden Sie nun gefragt, ob Sie diese wirklich installiert haben wollen.\n"
-"Unter Mandrake Linux werden installierte Server und Dienste automatisch\n"
-"beim Betriebssystemstart gestartet. Selbst wenn zum Zeitpunkt, als die\n"
-"Distribution zusammengestellt wurde, keine Sicherheitslücken oder Fehler in\n"
-"diesen Paketen bekannt waren, ist natürlich nicht auszuschließen, dass\n"
-"später solche Fehler gefunden werden. Sollten Sie also nicht wissen, wovon\n"
-"hier die Rede ist, wählen Sie sicherheitshalber lieber „Nein“. Falls Sie\n"
-"mit „Ja“ antworten, werden die Dienste und Server installiert und stehen\n"
-"Ihnen nach der Installation standardmäßig zur Verfügung. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"Die Option „Automatische Abhängigkeiten“ unterdrückt nur die Warnungen, die\n"
-"erscheinen, wenn das Installationsprogramm Pakete automatisch markiert, um\n"
-"Paketabhängigkeiten aufzulösen, wenn Sie ein Paket auswählen.\n"
-"\n"
-"Das kleine Diskettensymbol am unteren Rand der Liste ermöglicht es Ihnen,\n"
-"die während einer vorangegangenen Installation gespeicherte Paketauswahl\n"
-"erneut zu verwenden. Durch Betätigen der Schaltfläche öffnen Sie einen\n"
-"Dialog, der Sie auffordert, die Diskette einzulegen, die die Auswahl der\n"
-"früheren Installation enthält. Um zu erfahren, wie Sie diese Diskette\n"
-"erstellen, lesen Sie bitte den zweiten Tipp des vorangegangenen\n"
-"Installationsschrittes."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n"
-"(formatting means creating a file system).\n"
-"\n"
-"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n"
-"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n"
-"partitions as well.\n"
-"\n"
-"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
-"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
-"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n"
-"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n"
-"\"/home\").\n"
-"\n"
-"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n"
-"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n"
-"it.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"Next ->\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"<- Previous\" if you want to choose another partition for your\n"
-"new Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"Advanced\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked\n"
-"for bad blocks on the disk."
-msgstr ""
-"Alle Partitionen, die gerade neu erzeugt wurden, müssen formatiert werden\n"
-"(d.h. es muss ein Dateisystem auf der Partition erstellt werden), bevor sie\n"
-"verwendet werden können.\n"
-"\n"
-"Sie erhalten hier auch die Möglichkeit bereits existierende Partitionen neu\n"
-"zu formatieren, um die darauf vorhandenen Daten zu löschen. Markieren Sie\n"
-"diese einfach ebenfalls in der Liste.\n"
-"\n"
-"Es sei angemerkt, dass nicht alle Partitionen neu formatiert werden müssen.\n"
-"Sie sollten normalerweise nur die Partitionen neu formatieren, die\n"
-"Systemdateien, jedoch keine Privatdaten enthalten (etwa „/“, „/usr“ oder\n"
-"„/var“). Partitionen wie etwa „/home“ sollten Sie normalerweise nicht neu\n"
-"formatieren.\n"
-"\n"
-"Seien Sie sorgfältig bei der Auswahl der Partitionen. Nach dem Formatieren\n"
-"sind alle zuvor darauf existierenden Daten unwiederbringlich verloren.\n"
-"\n"
-"Wenn Sie alle Einstellungen vorgenommen haben, betätigen Sie die\n"
-"Schaltfläche „OK“, um mit dem Formatieren der Partitionen zu beginnen.\n"
-"\n"
-"Betätigen Sie „Abbruch“, wenn Sie eine andere Partition für Ihr neues\n"
-"Mandrake Linux vorgesehen haben.\n"
-"\n"
-"Betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „Fortgeschritten“, falls Sie Partitionen auf\n"
-"defekte Blöcke untersuchen wollen."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the default language you chose in Section , DrakX will\n"
-"automatically select a particular type of keyboard configuration. However,\n"
-"you might not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language:\n"
-"for example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may have a\n"
-"Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Quebec, you may\n"
-"find yourself in the same situation where your native language and keyboard\n"
-"do not match. In either case, this installation step will allow you to\n"
-"select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on the \"More \" button to be presented with the complete list of\n"
-"supported keyboards.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
-"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n"
-"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
-msgstr ""
-"„DrakX“ wird aufgrund Ihrer Sprachauswahl das für Sie passende\n"
-"Tastaturlayout bereits ausgewählt haben, Sie sollten diesen Schritt\n"
-"eigentlich nicht einmal angezeigt bekommen. Doch vielleicht sind Sie mit\n"
-"dieser Auswahl nicht zufrieden (wenn Sie beispielsweise eine vom Layout\n"
-"abweichende Sprache bevorzugen). Dann gehen Sie zu diesem\n"
-"Konfigurationsschritt zurück und wählen Sie ein passendes Layout aus der\n"
-"Liste.\n"
-"\n"
-"Sollten Sie eine andere als die zur gewählten Sprache gehörende Tastatur\n"
-"verwenden wollen, wählen Sie die Schaltfläche „Mehr“. Sie erhalten dann\n"
-"eine Liste aller unterstützten Tastaturen.\n"
-"\n"
-"Sollten Sie sich für ein Tastaturlayout einer nicht lateinischen Sprache\n"
-"entschieden haben, werden Sie im nächsten Schritt gefragt, mit welcher\n"
-"Tastenkombination Sie zwischen dem von Ihnen gewählten und dem lateinischen\n"
-"Layout umschalten wollen."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n"
-"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n"
-"what it finds there:\n"
-"\n"
-" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n"
-"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or another\n"
-"OS.\n"
-"\n"
-" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n"
-"one.\n"
-"\n"
-"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n"
-"bootloader.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Boot device\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"First\n"
-"sector of drive (MBR)\"), but if you prefer, the bootloader can be\n"
-"installed on the second hard drive (\"/dev/hdb\"), or even on a floppy disk\n"
-"(\"On Floppy\").\n"
-"\n"
-"Checking \"Create a boot disk\" allows you to have a rescue bot media\n"
-"handy.\n"
-"\n"
-"The Mandrake Linux CD-ROM has a built-in rescue mode. You can access it by\n"
-"booting the CD-ROM, pressing the >> F1<< key at boot and typing >>rescue<<\n"
-"at the prompt. If your computer cannot boot from the CD-ROM, there are at\n"
-"least two situations where having a boot floppy is critical:\n"
-"\n"
-" * when installing the bootloader, DrakX will rewrite the boot sector (MBR)\n"
-"of your main disk (unless you are using another boot manager), to allow you\n"
-"to start up with either Windows or GNU/Linux (assuming you have Windows on\n"
-"your system). If at some point you need to reinstall Windows, the Microsoft\n"
-"install process will rewrite the boot sector and remove your ability to\n"
-"start GNU/Linux!\n"
-"\n"
-" * if a problem arises and you cannot start GNU/Linux from the hard disk,\n"
-"this floppy will be the only means of starting up GNU/Linux. It contains a\n"
-"fair number of system tools for restoring a system that has crashed due to\n"
-"a power failure, an unfortunate typing error, a forgotten root password, or\n"
-"any other reason.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you say \"Yes\", you will be asked to insert a disk in the drive. The\n"
-"floppy disk must be blank or have non-critical data on it - DrakX will\n"
-"format the floppy and will rewrite the whole disk."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie müssen nun entscheiden, wo die Informationen zum Starten Ihrer\n"
-"GNU/Linux Distribution erstellt werden sollen.\n"
-"\n"
-"Sofern Sie nicht genau wissen, was sie machen sollen, wählen Sie „Erster\n"
-"Sektor der Platte (MBR)“."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
-"ready to use. Just click \"Next ->\" to reboot the system. The first thing\n"
-"you should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is\n"
-"the bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to\n"
-"start.\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"Advanced\" button (in Expert mode only) shows two more buttons to:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"generate auto-install floppy\": to create an installation floppy disk\n"
-"that will automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an\n"
-"operator, similar to the installation you just configured.\n"
-"\n"
-"   Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"Replay\". This is a partially automated installation. The\n"
-"partitioning step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"Automated\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is\n"
-"completely rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
-"\n"
-"   This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.\n"
-"See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Save packages selection\"(*): saves a list of the package selected in\n"
-"this installation. To use this selection with another installation, insert\n"
-"the floppy and start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key\n"
-"and type >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\" <<.\n"
-"\n"
-"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
-"\"mformat a:\")"
-msgstr ""
-"Nun ist es soweit, die Installation ist abgeschlossen und Ihr neues\n"
-"Betriebssystem sollte einsatzbereit sein. Bei einem Neustart können Sie\n"
-"zwischen den auf Ihrer Platte installierten Betriebssystemen auswählen.\n"
-"Klicken Sie nur noch auf „OK“ und das System wird neu gestartet.\n"
-"\n"
-"Die Schaltfläche „Fortgeschritten“ liefert zwei weitere Schaltflächen:\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Erstellen einer Auto-Installationsdiskette“: Hiermit können Sie eine\n"
-"Installationsdiskette erstellen, mit deren Hilfe Sie eine identische\n"
-"automatische Installation ohne Interaktion eines Administrators\n"
-"durchzuführen können.\n"
-"\n"
-"   Es gibt zwei verschiedene Alternativen, nachdem Sie diese Schaltfläche\n"
-"aktiviert haben:\n"
-"\n"
-"    * „Erneut abspielen“: Diese Installation ist nur teilweise automatisch,\n"
-"da der Partitionierungsschritt (aber nur dieser!) immer noch interaktiv\n"
-"vonstatten geht.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * „Automatisiert“: Vollautomatische Installation: Die Festplatte wird\n"
-"vollständig reorganisiert. Alle darauf vorhandenen Daten gehen verloren!\n"
-"\n"
-"   Diese Funktion ist besonders nützlich, wenn man eine Menge von\n"
-"identischer Rechner einrichten will. Weitere Informationen erhalten Sie\n"
-"auch auf der Seite Auto install\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Paketauswahl speichern“: (*) Sie speichern damit die Paketauswahl, die\n"
-"Sie vorher getroffen haben. Wenn Sie später eine erneute Installation\n"
-"vornehmen wollen, legen Sie einfach die Diskette ins Laufwerk und starten\n"
-"Sie die Installation mittels [F1] an der ersten Eingabeaufforderung. Geben\n"
-"Sie dann »linux defcfg=\"floppy\"« ein.\n"
-"\n"
-"(*) Sie benötigen eine FAT formatierte Diskette (Mittels „mformat a:“\n"
-"können Sie unter GNU/Linux eine solche erstellen)."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
-"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
-"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
-"\n"
-"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX will ask you if you have\n"
-"a PCI SCSI installed. Clicking \" Yes\" will display a list of SCSI cards\n"
-"to choose from. Click \"No\" if you know that you have no SCSI hardware in\n"
-"your machine. If you're not sure, you can check the list of hardware\n"
-"detected in your machine by selecting \"See hardware info \" and clicking\n"
-"the \"Next ->\". Examine the list of hardware and then click on the \"Next\n"
-"->\" button to return to the SCSI interface question.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
-"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
-"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
-"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
-"issues.\n"
-"\n"
-"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
-"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
-"configure the driver."
-msgstr ""
-"„DrakX“ versucht nun alle IDE Festplatten Ihres Systems zu finden. Unter\n"
-"Anderem sucht „DrakX“ auch nach PCI-SCSI-Karten, die es kennt, um sie\n"
-"automatisch mit dem richtigen Treiber einzubinden.\n"
-"\n"
-"Falls Sie über keinen SCSI Adapter verfügen, es sich um einen\n"
-"ISA-SCSI-Adapter handelt oder um einen PCI-SCSI-Adapter, bei dem „DrakX“\n"
-"nicht weiß, welcher Treiber funktioniert, werden Sie gebeten, „DrakX“ zu\n"
-"helfen.\n"
-"\n"
-"Ist in Ihrem Rechner kein SCSI Adapter, wählen Sie einfach „Nein“. Sollten\n"
-"Sie Sich für „Ja“ entscheiden, erscheint eine Liste, aus der Sie Ihren\n"
-"Adapter auswählen können.\n"
-"\n"
-"Falls „DrakX“ nicht in der Lage ist, die Parameter selbst zu finden, die\n"
-"dem Modul zu übergeben sind, müssen Sie diese angeben. Schauen Sie im\n"
-"„Installationshandbuch“, wie Sie diese Informationen erhalten können: etwa\n"
-"unter Windows (sofern das auf Ihren Rechner installiert ist), aus den\n"
-"Handbüchern, die sie mit dem Adapter erhalten haben oder von den Web-Seiten\n"
-"des Hardware-Anbieters (sofern Sie einen WWW-Zugang haben)."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems,\n"
-"alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n"
-"\n"
-"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n"
-"partition.\n"
-"\n"
-"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n"
-"select this boot option.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Image: this would be the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux\n"
-"or a variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is often used to\n"
-"assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button\n"
-"emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n"
-"The following are some examples:\n"
-"\n"
-"         video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"hda=autotune\n"
-"\n"
-"         video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n"
-"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n"
-"boot situation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4096 Kbytes. If you\n"
-"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used to specify a\n"
-"ramdisk larger than the default.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially mounted as\n"
-"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ``live''.\n"
-"You can override the default with this option.\n"
-"\n"
-" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n"
-"problematic, you can select this option to boot in ``novideo'' mode, with\n"
-"native frame buffer support.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n"
-"selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n"
-"highlighted with a ``*'' if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können weitere yaboot Einträge angeben, etwa für andere\n"
-"Betriebssysteme, alternative Kerne oder ein Rettungssystem.\n"
-"\n"
-"Für ein anderes BS können Sie nur einen Namen und die Start-Partition\n"
-"angeben.\n"
-"\n"
-"Für Linux gibt es einige Parameter:\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Identifikator“: Es handelt sich um den Namen, den Sie an der yaboot\n"
-"Eingabeaufforderung angeben müssen, um diese Alternative zu wählen.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Kern“: Der Name des BS-Kerns, den sie starten wollen. Normalerweise\n"
-"handelt es sich um „vmlinuz“ oder eine Variante von „vmlinuz“ mit einer\n"
-"Versionsnummer.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Verzeichnisbaumwurzel“: Die Verzeichnisbaumwurzel „/“ Ihrer Linux\n"
-"Installation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Übergeben“: Auf Apple Hardware, wird die Übergabemöglichkeit weiterer\n"
-"Kernparameter häufig verwendet, um die Grafikausgabe richtig zu\n"
-"konfigurieren oder die Tastaturemulation der Mausknöpfe einzuschalten, da\n"
-"klassische Apple-Mäuse von Hause aus mit 2 fehlenden Maustasten\n"
-"ausgeliefert werden. Hier einige Beispiele:\n"
-"\n"
-"      video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"hda=autotune\n"
-"\n"
-"      video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Init-RamDisk“: Dieser Parameter kann entweder verwendet werden, um beim\n"
-"Betriebssystemstart bereits zusätzliche Kern-Module zur Verfügung zu haben,\n"
-"ohne dass das Start-Gerät zur Verfügung steht oder um ein RamDisk Abbild\n"
-"für den BS-Start in Notfällen zur Verfügung zu haben.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Größe der Init-RamDisk“: Standardmäßig ist eine RamDisk 4096 Bytes\n"
-"groß. Sollten Sie eine größere RamDisk benötigen, können Sie das mit diesem\n"
-"Parameter einstellen.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Schreiben/Lesen“: Normalerweise wird die Verzeichnisbaumwurzel zuerst\n"
-"im Nur-Lese-Modus eingehängt, um eine Dateisystem-Verifikation durchführen\n"
-"zu können, bevor das Betriebssystem seinen Dienst aufnimmt. Diesen Umstand\n"
-"können Sie hier abstellen.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „NoVideo“: Sollte sich die Apple Grafik-Hardware als extrem\n"
-"problematisch erweisen, können Sie diesen Parameter verwenden um im sog.\n"
-"„novideo“-Modus, also im FrameBuffer-Modus zu starten.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Standard“: Wählt diesen Eintrag als Standard Linux-Kern, den Sie durch\n"
-"Drücken von Enter an der yaboot Eingabeaufforderung gestartet bekommen.\n"
-"Wenn Sie die [Tab]-Taste an der Eingabeaufforderung drücken, erhalten Sie\n"
-"eine Liste der verfügbaren Alternativen. Der Standardeintrag wird mit einem\n"
-"Stern „*“ markiert."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
-"installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
-"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or from another\n"
-"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
-"partitions must be defined.\n"
-"\n"
-"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
-"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
-"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
-"\n"
-"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Clear all\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard\n"
-"drive\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Auto allocate\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3\n"
-"and swap partitions in free space of your hard drive\n"
-"\n"
-"\"More\": gives access to additional features:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Save partition table\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful\n"
-"for later partition-table recovery, if necessary. It is strongly\n"
-"recommended that you perform this step.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Restore partition table\": allows you to restore a previously saved\n"
-"partition table from a floppy disk.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Rescue partition table\": if your partition table is damaged, you can\n"
-"try to recover it using this option. Please be careful and remember that it\n"
-"doesn't always work.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Reload partition table\": discards all changes and reloads the\n"
-"partition table that was originally on the hard drive.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Removable media automounting\": unchecking this option will force\n"
-"users to manually mount and unmount removable medias such as floppies and\n"
-"CD-ROMs.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Wizard\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition\n"
-"your hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good\n"
-"understanding of partitioning.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Undo\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Toggle to normal/expert mode\": allows additional actions on\n"
-"partitions (type, options, format) and gives more information about the\n"
-"hard drive.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Done\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
-"save your changes back to disk.\n"
-"\n"
-"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
-"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
-"\n"
-"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
-"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
-"\n"
-"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
-"\n"
-"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
-"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie müssen nun entscheiden auf welche(n) Partition(en) Ihr neues Mandrake\n"
-"Linux System installiert werden soll. Falls bereits Partitionen existieren\n"
-"(etwa von einer früheren Installation von GNU/Linux oder durch das Erzeugen\n"
-"mit einem anderen Partitionierungswerkzeug), können Sie diese verwenden.\n"
-"Anderenfalls müssen Sie Partitionen definieren.\n"
-"\n"
-"Um Partitionen zu erzeugen müssen Sie erst eine Festplatte wählen. Sie\n"
-"können die Platte wählen in dem Sie „hda“ für die erste IDE-Platte wählen,\n"
-"„sda“ für die erste SCSI-Platte, usw.\n"
-"\n"
-"Um die gewählte Platte zu partitionieren stehen folgende Möglichkeiten zur\n"
-"Verfügung:\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Alles löschen“: Betätigen dieser Schaltfläche löscht alle Partitionen\n"
-"auf der markierten Festplatte.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Automatisches Erstellen“: Dieser Punkt aktiviert die automatische ext3-\n"
-"und Swap-Partitionen-Erstellung im ungenutzten Bereich Ihrer Festplatte.\n"
-"\n"
-"„Mehr“: bietet Zugriff auf weitere Möglichkeiten:\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Partitionstabelle schreiben“: Falls Sie Ihre aktuelle Partitionstabelle\n"
-"auf Diskette speichern wollen, falls Sie sie später wiederherstellen\n"
-"wollen, können Sie das mit Hilfe dieser Schaltfläche tun.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Partitionstabelle wiederherstellen“: Mit dieser Schaltfläche können Sie\n"
-"eine vorher auf Diskette gesicherte Partitionstabelle wieder herstellen.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Partitionstabelle retten“: Sollte Ihre Partitionstabelle zerstört\n"
-"worden sein, können Sie versuchen, mit dieser Schaltfläche eine\n"
-"Restaurierung vorzunehmen. Seien Sie vorsichtig! es ist nicht\n"
-"unwahrscheinlich, dass dieser Versuch fehl schlägt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Partitionstabelle neu laden“: Alle Änderungen verwerfen und mit der\n"
-"ursprünglichen Partitionstabelle neu beginnen.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Wechselmedien automatisch Einhängen“: Entfernen dieser Markierung führt\n"
-"dazu, dass die Anwender hinterher die Wechselmedien manuell ein- und\n"
-"aushängen müssen.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Assistent“: Falls Sie keine Ahnung haben wie Sie die Festplatte\n"
-"partitionieren sollen, wählen Sie diese Schaltfläche. Sie überlassen damit\n"
-"die gesamte Arbeit unserem Assistenten, der mittels „Abra Kadabra“(TM) Ihre\n"
-"Platte partitioniert.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Rückgängig“: Mit dieser Schaltfläche können Sie alle Einstellungen\n"
-"rückgängig machen.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „In den Experten-/ Normal-Modus wechseln“: Anbieten bzw. Maskieren von\n"
-"Zusatzmöglichkeiten.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „Fertig“: Nachdem Sie das Partitionieren Ihrer Festplatte beendet haben,\n"
-"aktivieren Sie diese Schaltfläche, um Ihre Änderungen zu speichern.\n"
-"\n"
-"Information: Sie können alle Einstellungen per Tastatur vornehmen. Sie\n"
-"können sich mittels [Tab] und den Pfeiltasten bewegen.\n"
-"\n"
-"Wenn eine Partition ausgewählt ist, können Sie mittels:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl- C - eine neue Partition erstellen (wenn Sie auf einer leeren\n"
-"Partition sind)\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl- D - die Partition löschen\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl- M - dem Einhängpunkt festlegen.\n"
-"\n"
-"Um mehr Informationen über die verschiedenen Dateisystemtypen zu erhalten,\n"
-"lesen Sie bitte das Kapitel ext2FS in der „Referenz“.\n"
-"\n"
-"Falls Sie die Installation auf einem PPC-Rechner vornehmen, sollten Sie\n"
-"eine mindestens 1MB, große HFS Start-Partition für den\n"
-"Betriebssystemstarter yaboot erstellen. Wenn Sie diese Partition etwas\n"
-"größer dimensionieren, etwa 50MB, haben Sie einen geeigneten Platz, um\n"
-"einen Rettungskern samt RamDisk abzulegen, um in Notfällen starten zu\n"
-"können."
-
+"Plattenplatz so au
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot
index 8d1deaa4e..945d12ea3 100644
--- a/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot
+++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot
@@ -148,1743 +148,4 @@ msgstr ""
 "Ahora necesita elegir el lugar de su disco rígido donde se instalará su\n"
 "sistema operativo Mandrake Linux. Si su disco rígido está vacío o si un\n"
 "sistema operativo existente está utilizando todo el espacio disponible,\n"
-"necesitará particionar el disco. Básicamente, particionar un disco rígido\n"
-"consiste en dividirlo lógicamente para crear espacio para instalar su\n"
-"sistema Mandrake Linux nuevo.\n"
-"\n"
-"Debido a que los efectos del particionado por lo general son irreversibles,\n"
-"el particionado puede ser intimidante y estresante si Usted es un usuario\n"
-"inexperto. Por fortuna, hay un asistente que simplifica este proceso. Antes\n"
-"de comenzar, por favor consulte el manual y tómese su tiempo.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si está corriendo la instalación en modo Experto, ingresará a DiskDrake, la\n"
-"herramienta de particionado de Mandrake Linux, que le permite un ajuste\n"
-"fino de sus particiones. Vea la sección DiskDrake en la \"Guía de\n"
-"Comienzo\". Desde la interfaz de instalación, puede utilizar los asistentes\n"
-"como se describe aquí haciendo clic sobre el botón \"Asistente\" del\n"
-"diálogo.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si ya se han definido particiones, ya sea de una instalación previa o por\n"
-"medio de otra herramienta de particionado, simplemente seleccione esas para\n"
-"instalar su sistema Linux.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si no hay particiones definidas, necesitará crearlas usando el asistente.\n"
-"Dependiendo de la configuración de su disco rígido, están disponibles\n"
-"varias opciones:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Usar espacio libre\": esta opción simplemente llevará a un\n"
-"particionado automático de su(s) disco(s) vacío(s). No se le pedirán más\n"
-"detalles ni se le formularán más preguntas.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Usar partición existente\": el asistente ha detectado una o más\n"
-"particiones Linux existentes en su disco rígido. Si desea utilizarlas,\n"
-"elija esta opción. Si lo hace se le pedirá que elija los puntos de montaje\n"
-"asociados a cada una de las particiones. Los puntos de montaje legados se\n"
-"seleccionan automáticamente, y por lo general debería mantenerlos.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Usar el espacio libre en la partición Windows\": si Microsoft Windows\n"
-"está instalado en su disco rígido y ocupa todo el espacio disponible en el\n"
-"mismo, Usted tiene que liberar espacio para los datos de Linux. Para\n"
-"hacerlo, puede borrar su partición y datos Microsoft Windows (vea las\n"
-"soluciones \"Borrar el disco completo\" o \"Particionamiento\n"
-"personalizado\") o cambie el tamaño de su partición Windows. El cambio de\n"
-"tamaño se puede realizar sin la pérdida de datos, siempre y cuando Usted ha\n"
-"desfragmentado con anterioridad la partición Windows. También se recomienda\n"
-"hacer una copia de respaldo de sus datos.. Se recomienda esta solución si\n"
-"desea utilizar tanto Mandrake Linux como Microsoft Windows en la misma\n"
-"computadora.\n"
-"\n"
-"   Antes de elegir esta opción, por favor comprenda que después de este\n"
-"procedimiento, el tamaño de su partición Microsoft Windows será más pequeño\n"
-"que ahora. Tendrá menos espacio bajo Microsoft Windows para almacenar sus\n"
-"datos o instalar software nuevo.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Borrar el disco entero\": si desea borrar todos los datos y todas las\n"
-"particiones presentes en su disco rígido y reemplazarlas con su nuevo\n"
-"sistema Mandrake Linux, elija esta opción. Tenga cuidado con esta solución\n"
-"ya que no podrá revertir su elección después de confirmarla.\n"
-"\n"
-"   !! Si elige esta opción, se perderán todos los datos en su disco. !!\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Quitar Windows\": simplemente esto borrará todo en el disco y\n"
-"comenzará particionando todo desde cero. Se perderán todos los datos en su\n"
-"disco.\n"
-"\n"
-"   !! Si elige esta opción, se perderán todos los datos en su disco. !!\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Particionamiento personalizado\": elija esta opción si desea\n"
-"particionar manualmente su disco rígido. Tenga cuidado — esta es una\n"
-"elección potente pero peligrosa. Puede perder todos sus datos con\n"
-"facilidad. Por lo tanto, no elija esta opción a menos que sepa lo que está\n"
-"haciendo. Para saber como usar el utilitario DiskDrake que se utiliza aquí,\n"
-"consulte la sección \"Administrar sus particiones\" de la \"\"Guía del\n"
-"Usuario\"\"."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on it will be lost\n"
-"and will not be recoverable!"
-msgstr ""
-"Elija la unidad de disco que desea borrar para instalar su partición\n"
-"Mandrake Linux nueva. Tenga cuidado, ¡se perderán todos los datos de la\n"
-"misma y no se podrán recuperar!."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user can have their own\n"
-"preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n"
-"to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", which is the\n"
-"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be\n"
-"authorized to change anything except their own files and their own\n"
-"configuration, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n"
-"changes that impact the system as a whole. You will have to create at least\n"
-"one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use\n"
-"for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as \"root\"\n"
-"to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A mistake\n"
-"could mean that your system would not work any more. If you make a serious\n"
-"mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is that you will lose\n"
-"some information, but not affect the entire system.\n"
-"\n"
-"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
-"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
-"you typed in and copy it to the \"User name\" field, which is the name this\n"
-"user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override the\n"
-"default and change the username. The next step is to enter a password. From\n"
-"a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is not\n"
-"as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect it by\n"
-"making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones at\n"
-"risk.\n"
-"\n"
-"Once you click on \"Accept user\", you can add other users. Add a user for\n"
-"each one of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click\n"
-"\"Next ->\" when you have finished adding users.\n"
-"\n"
-"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\"\n"
-"for that user (bash by default).\n"
-"\n"
-"When you are finished adding all users, you will be asked to choose a user\n"
-"that can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
-"you are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
-"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"Next\n"
-"->\". If you are not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"Do you want\n"
-"to use this feature?\" box."
-msgstr ""
-"GNU/Linux es un sistema multiusuario, y esto significa que cada usuario\n"
-"puede tener sus preferencias propias, sus archivos propios, y así\n"
-"sucesivamente. Puede leer la \"Guía del Usuario\" para aprender más. Pero,\n"
-"a diferencia de \"root\", que es el administrador, los usuarios que agregue\n"
-"aquí no podrán cambiar nada excepto su configuración y sus archivos\n"
-"propios. Tendrá que crear al menos un usuario no privilegiado para Usted\n"
-"mismo. Esa cuenta es donde debería conectarse para el uso diario. Aunque es\n"
-"muy práctico ingresar como \"root\" diariamente, ¡también puede ser muy\n"
-"peligroso! El error más leve podría significar que su sistema deje de\n"
-"funcionar. Si comete un error serio como usuario no privilegiado, sólo\n"
-"puede llegar a perder algo de información, pero no todo el sistema.\n"
-"\n"
-"Primero tendrá que ingresar su nombre real. Esto no es obligatorio, por\n"
-"supuesto - ya que, en realidad, puede ingresar lo que desee. DrakX tomará\n"
-"entonces la primer palabra que ingresó y la copiará al campo \"Nombre de\n"
-"usuario\". Este es el nombre que este usuario en particular usará para\n"
-"ingresar al sistema. Lo puede cambiar. Luego tendrá que ingresar una\n"
-"contraseña aquí. La contraseña de un usuario no privilegiado (regular) no\n"
-"es tan crucial como la de \"root\" desde el punto de vista de la seguridad,\n"
-"pero esto no es razón alguna para obviarla: después de todo, son sus\n"
-"archivos los que están en riesgo.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si hace clic sobre \"Aceptar usuario\", entonces puede agregar tantos como\n"
-"desee. Agregue un usuario para cada uno de sus amigos: por ejemplo su padre\n"
-"o su hermana. Cuando haya terminado de agregar todos los usuarios que\n"
-"desee, seleccione \"Hecho\".\n"
-"\n"
-"Hacer clic sobre el botón \"Avanzada\" le permite cambiar el \"shell\"\n"
-"predeterminado para ese usuario (bash por defecto).\n"
-"\n"
-"Cuando ha finalizado de añadir usuarios, se le propone elegir un usuario\n"
-"para conectarse automáticamente en el sistema cuando arranca la\n"
-"computadora. Si está interesado en esa característica (y no le importa\n"
-"mucho la seguridad local), elija el usuario y administrador de ventanas\n"
-"deseado, luego haga clic sobre \"Sí\". Si no está interesado en esta\n"
-"característica, haga clic sobre \"No\"."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Finally, you will be asked whether you want to see the graphical interface\n"
-"at boot. Note this question will be asked even if you chose not to test the\n"
-"configuration. Obviously, you want to answer \"No\" if your machine is to\n"
-"act as a server, or if you were not successful in getting the display\n"
-"configured."
-msgstr ""
-"Finalmente, se le preguntará si desea ver la interfaz gráfica al arrancar.\n"
-"Note que esta pregunta se le formulará incluso si no ha elegido probar la\n"
-"configuración. Obviamente, querrá contestar \"No\" si su sistema actuará\n"
-"como servidor, o si no tuvo éxito en la configuración de su pantalla."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n"
-"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n"
-"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n"
-"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct\n"
-"parameters.\n"
-"\n"
-"Yaboot's main options are:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n"
-"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n"
-"to hold this information.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n"
-"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n"
-"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n"
-"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second before your\n"
-"default kernel description is selected;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n"
-"at the first boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n"
-"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n"
-"Firmware Delay expires."
-msgstr ""
-"Yaboot es un cargador de arranque para el hardware NewWorld MacIntosh. El\n"
-"mismo puede arrancar o GNU/Linux, o MacOS o MacOSX si se encuentran en su\n"
-"computadora. Normalmente, estos sistemas operativos se detectan e instalan\n"
-"correctamente. Si este no es el caso, puede agregar una entrada a mano en\n"
-"esta pantalla. Tenga cuidado de elegir los parámetros correctos.\n"
-"\n"
-"Las opciones principales de Yaboot son:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Mensaje de Init: un mensaje de texto simple que se muestra antes del\n"
-"prompt de arranque.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Dispositivo de arranque: indica donde desea colocar la información\n"
-"necesaria para arrancar en GNU/Linux. Generalmente, se configura una\n"
-"partición bootstrap con anterioridad para contener esta información.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Demora de Open Firmware: a diferencia de LILO, hay dos demoras\n"
-"disponibles con Yaboot. La primera se mide en segundos y aquí puede elegir\n"
-"entre CD, arranque OF, MacOS o Linux.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Demora de arranque del núcleo: esta demora es similar a la demora de\n"
-"arranque de LILO. Luego de seleccionar Linux, tendrá esta demora en décimas\n"
-"de segundo antes que se seleccione su descripción del núcleo\n"
-"predeterminada.\n"
-"\n"
-" * ¿Habilitar arranque desde el CD?: marcando esta opción Usted puede\n"
-"elegir \"C\" para el CD en el primer prompt de arranque.\n"
-"\n"
-" * ¿Habilitar arranque OF?: marcando esta opción Usted puede elegir \"N\"\n"
-"para Open Firmware en el primer prompt de arranque.\n"
-"\n"
-" * SO predeterminado: puede seleccionar qué sistema operativo arrancará por\n"
-"defecto cuando expira la demora de Open Firmware."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n"
-"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
-"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n"
-"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n"
-"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use. Refer to the \"msec\"\n"
-"chapter of the ``Command Line Manual'' to get more information about the\n"
-"meaning of these levels.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option."
-msgstr ""
-"En este punto, es tiempo de elegir el nivel de seguridad deseado para su\n"
-"máquina. Como regla general, cuanto más expuesta está la máquina, y cuantos\n"
-"más cruciales sean los datos que tenga almacenados el nivel de seguridad en\n"
-"la misma deberá ser más alto. Sin embargo, un nivel de seguridad más alto\n"
-"generalmente se obtiene a expensas de la facilidad de uso. Consulte el\n"
-"capítulo \"msec\" del \"Manual de Referencia\" para obtener más información\n"
-"sobre el significado de dichos niveles.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si no sabe que elegir, mantenga la opción predeterminada."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
-"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
-msgstr ""
-"Por favor seleccione el puerto correcto. Por ejemplo, el puerto \"COM1\"\n"
-"bajo Windows se denomina \"ttyS0\" bajo GNU/Linux."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of various information it has\n"
-"about your system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some\n"
-"or all of the following entries:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Mouse\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
-"to change it if necessary.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Keyboard\": check the current keyboard map configuration and click on\n"
-"the button to change that if necessary.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Country\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
-"country, click on the button and choose another one.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Timezone\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the\n"
-"primary language you have chosen. But here, just as in your choice of a\n"
-"keyboard, you may not be in the country with which the chosen language\n"
-"should correspond. You may need to click on the \"Timezone\" button to\n"
-"configure the clock for the correct timezone.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Printer\": clicking on the \"No Printer\" button will open the printer\n"
-"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
-"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n"
-"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Bootloader\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration,\n"
-"click that button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Graphical Interface\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical\n"
-"interface in \"800x600\" resolution. If that does not suits you, click on\n"
-"the button to reconfigure your grapical interface.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Network\": If you want to configure your Internet or local network\n"
-"access now, you can by clicking on this button.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Sound card\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is\n"
-"displayed here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that\n"
-"is actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n"
-"another driver.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"TV card\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n"
-"here. If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on the button to\n"
-"try to configure it manually.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"ISDN card\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be\n"
-"displayed here. You can click on the button to change the parameters\n"
-"associated with the card."
-msgstr ""
-"Aquí se le presentan varios parámetros que conciernen a su máquina.\n"
-"Dependiendo de su hardware instalado, puede - o no, ver las entradas\n"
-"siguientes:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Ratón\": verifique la configuración del ratón y haga clic sobre el\n"
-"botón para cambiarla, si es necesario.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Teclado\": verifique la configuración de la disposición del teclado y\n"
-"haga clic sobre el botón para cambiarla, si es necesario.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Huso horario\": DrakX, de manera predeterminada, adivina su huso\n"
-"horario a partir del idioma que Usted ha elegido. Pero nuevamente, al igual\n"
-"que con la elección del teclado, puede ocurrir que no se encuentre en el\n"
-"país que sugiere el idioma elegido. De ser así, puede necesitar hacer clic\n"
-"sobre el botón \"Huso horario\" para configurar el reloj de acuerdo al huso\n"
-"horario en el que se encuentre.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Impresora\": al hacer clic sobre el botón \"Sin impresora\" se abrirá\n"
-"el asistente de configuración de la impresora. Consulte el capítulo\n"
-"correspondiente de la \"Guía de Comienzo\" para más información sobre como\n"
-"configurar una impresora nueva. La interfaz presentada allí es similar a la\n"
-"utilizada durante la instalación.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Tarjeta de sonido\": si se detecta una tarjeta de sonido en su\n"
-"sistema, la misma se muestra aquí. Durante la instalación no es posible\n"
-"modificación alguna.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Tarjeta de TV\": si se detecta una tarjeta de TV en su sistema, la\n"
-"misma se muestra aquí. Durante la instalación no es posible modificación\n"
-"alguna.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Tarjeta RDSI\": si se detecta una tarjeta RDSI en su sistema, la misma\n"
-"se muestra aquí. Puede hacer clic sobre el botón para cambiar los\n"
-"parámetros asociados a la misma."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"This step is activated only if an ols GNU/Linux partition has been found on\n"
-"your machine.\n"
-"\n"
-"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n"
-"of an existing Mandrake Linux system:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Install\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old\n"
-"system. If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or\n"
-"change the file system, you should use this option. However, depending on\n"
-"your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from\n"
-"being over- written.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Upgrade\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
-"currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. Your current\n"
-"partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other\n"
-"configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.\n"
-"\n"
-"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandrake Linux systems\n"
-"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior\n"
-"to Mandrake Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
-msgstr ""
-"DrakX ahora necesita saber si desea realizar una instalación por defecto\n"
-"(\"Recomendada\") o si desea tener un control mayor (\"Experto\"). También\n"
-"puede elegir realizar una instalación nueva o una actualización de un\n"
-"sistema Mandrake Linux existente:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Instalar\": el sistema anterior se borrará por completo, sin embargo,\n"
-"dependiendo de lo que su máquina contiene actualmente, podrá mantener\n"
-"algunas particiones antiguas (Linux u otras) sin cambios;\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Actualización\": esta clase de instalación le permite simplemente\n"
-"actualizar los paquetes que en este momento están instalados en su sistema\n"
-"Mandrake Linux. La misma mantiene las particiones corrientes de sus discos\n"
-"así como también las configuraciones de usuarios. Todos los otros pasos de\n"
-"instalación permanecen disponibles, de manera similar a lo que ocurre con\n"
-"una instalación normal;\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Sólo actualizar los paquetes\": esta clase nueva de instalación le\n"
-"permite actualizar un sistema Mandrake Linux existente a la vez que\n"
-"mantiene sin cambios todas las configuraciones del sistema. También es\n"
-"posible añadir paquetes nuevos a la instalación corriente.\n"
-"\n"
-"Las actualizaciones deberían funcionar sin problemas para los sistemas\n"
-"Mandrake Linux que contienen la versión \"8.1\" o una posterior.\n"
-"\n"
-"Dependiendo de su conocimiento de GNU/Linux, elija una de las opciones\n"
-"siguientes:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Recomendada: elija esta si nunca ha instalado un sistema operativo\n"
-"GNU/Linux. La instalación será muy fácil y sólo se le formularán unas pocas\n"
-"preguntas;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Experto: si tiene un conocimiento bueno de GNU/Linux, puede que desee\n"
-"realizar una instalación altamente personalizada. Algunas de las decisiones\n"
-"que tendrá que realizar pueden resultar difíciles si no tiene un buen\n"
-"conocimiento de GNU/Linux, por lo tanto, no se recomienda que aquellos sin\n"
-"una cantidad importante de experiencia elijan esta clase de instalación.\n"
-"\n"
-"Este manual documentará la instalación completa de tipo \"Experto\" Si\n"
-"elige la clase de instalación \"Recomendada\", simplemente ignore los pasos\n"
-"que se presentan aquí que sólo se aplican a la clase de instalación\n"
-"\"Experto\"."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n"
-"packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n"
-"fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n"
-"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Choose\n"
-"\"Yes\" if you have a working Internet connection, or \"No\" if you prefer\n"
-"to install updated packages later.\n"
-"\n"
-"Choosing \"Yes\" displays a list of places from which updates can be\n"
-"retrieved. Choose the one nearest you. A package-selection tree will\n"
-"appear: review the selection, and press \"Install\" to retrieve and install\n"
-"the selected package( s), or \"Cancel\" to abort."
-msgstr ""
-"Es probable que cuando instale Mandrake Linux algunos paquetes se hayan\n"
-"actualizado desde la publicación inicial. Se pueden haber corregido algunos\n"
-"errores, y solucionado problemas de seguridad. Para permitir que Usted se\n"
-"beneficie de estas actualizaciones, ahora se le propone transferirlas desde\n"
-"la Internet. Elija \"Sí\" si tiene funcionando una conexión con la\n"
-"Internet, o \"No\" si prefiere instalar los paquetes actualizados más\n"
-"tarde.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si elige \"Sí\" se muestra una lista de lugares desde los que se pueden\n"
-"obtener las actualizaciones. Elija el más cercano a Usted. Luego aparece un\n"
-"árbol de selección de paquetes: revise la selección y presione \"Instalar\"\n"
-"para transferir e instalar los paquetes seleccionados, o \"Cancelar\" para\n"
-"abortar."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"This dialog allows to finely tune your bootloader:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Bootloader to use\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"GRUB\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"LILO with text menu\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu\n"
-"interface.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"LILO with graphical menu\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical\n"
-"interface.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Boot device\": in most cases, you will not change the default\n"
-"(\"/dev/hda\"), but if you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the\n"
-"second hard drive (\"/dev/hdb\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"/dev/fd0\");\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Delay before booting the default image\": after a boot or a reboot of\n"
-"the computer, this is the delay given to the user at the console to select\n"
-"a boot entry other than the default.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n"
-"\"Skip\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n"
-"system! Be sure you know what you do before changing any of the options. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options\n"
-"that are reserved for the expert user."
-msgstr ""
-"LILO y grub son cargadores de arranque para GNU/Linux. Normalmente, esta\n"
-"etapa está completamente automatizada. De hecho, DrakX analiza el sector de\n"
-"arranque del disco y actúa en función de lo que encuentre allí:\n"
-"\n"
-" * si encuentra un sector de arranque de Windows, lo reemplazará con un\n"
-"sector de arranque de grub/LILO de forma tal que Usted pueda arrancar\n"
-"GNU/Linux u otro sistema operativo;\n"
-"\n"
-" * si encuentra un sector de arranque de grub o LILO, lo reemplazará con\n"
-"uno nuevo;\n"
-"\n"
-"En caso de duda, DrakX mostrará un diálogo con varias opciones:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Cargador de arranque a usar\": tiene tres opciones:\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"LILO con menú gráfico\": si prefiere a LILO con su interfaz\n"
-"gráfica.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"GRUB\": si prefiere a grub (menú de texto).\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"LILO con menú de texto\": si prefiere a LILO con su interfaz de\n"
-"texto.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Dispositivo de arranque\": en la mayoría de los casos, no cambiará lo\n"
-"predeterminado (\"/dev/hda\"), pero si lo prefiere, el cargador de arranque\n"
-"se puede instalar en el segundo disco rígido (\"/dev/hdb\"), o incluso en\n"
-"un disquete (\"/dev/fd0\").\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Demora antes de arrancar la imagen predeterminada\": cuando vuelve a\n"
-"arrancar la computadora, esta es la demora que se garantiza al usuario para\n"
-"elegir - en el menú del cargador de arranque, una entrada distinta a la\n"
-"predeterminada.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! Tenga presente que si no elige instalar un cargador de arranque\n"
-"(seleccionando \"Cancelar\"), ¡Debe asegurarse que tiene una forma de\n"
-"arrancar a su sistema Mandrake Linux! También debe asegurarse que sabe lo\n"
-"que hace antes de cambiar cualquier opción. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"Haciendo clic sobre el botón \"Avanzadas\" en este diálogo se le ofrecerán\n"
-"muchas opciones avanzadas que están reservadas para el usuario experto."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
-"Please choose the one you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n"
-"\n"
-"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
-"\"Capacity\".\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
-"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
-"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
-"hard drives:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
-"\n"
-"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
-"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
-"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
-msgstr ""
-"Se ha detectado más de una partición Microsoft Windows en su disco rígido.\n"
-"Por favor, elija aquella a la cual desea cambiarle el tamaño para poder\n"
-"instalar su sistema operativo Mandrake Linux nuevo.\n"
-"\n"
-"Cada partición se lista como sigue: \"Nombre Linux\", \"Nombre Windows\"\n"
-"\"Capacidad\".\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Nombre Linux\" está estructurado: \"tipo de disco rígido\", \"número de\n"
-"disco rígido\", \"número de partición\" (por ejemplo, \"hda1\").\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Tipo de disco rígido\" es \"hd\" si su disco es un disco IDE y \"sd\" si\n"
-"el mismo es un disco SCSI.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Número de disco rígido\" siempre es una letra que sigue a \"hd\" o a\n"
-"\"sd\". Para los discos IDE:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"a\" significa \"disco rígido maestro en la controladora IDE\n"
-"primaria\",\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"b\" significa \"disco rígido esclavo en la controladora IDE\n"
-"primaria\",\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"c\" significa \"disco rígido maestro en la controladora IDE\n"
-"secundaria\",\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"d\" significa \"disco rígido esclavo en la controladora IDE\n"
-"secundaria\".\n"
-"\n"
-"Para los discos SCSI, una \"a\" significa \"SCSI ID menor\", una \"b\"\n"
-"significa \"segunda SCSI ID menor\", etc.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Nombre Windows\" es la letra de su unidad de disco bajo Windows (el\n"
-"primer disco o partición se denomina \"C:\")."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n"
-"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing systems\n"
-"is best for a particular type of configuration.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"pdq\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n"
-"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
-"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"pdq\n"
-"\" will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when\n"
-"used with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq \" if this is your\n"
-"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"CUPS\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n"
-"printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n"
-"simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n"
-"\"lpd \" printing system, so it compatible with older operating systems\n"
-"that may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n"
-"is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make\n"
-"sure to turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"CUPS\" includes graphical\n"
-"front-ends for printing or choosing printer options and for managing the\n"
-"printer.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you make a choice now, and later find that you don't like your printing\n"
-"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control\n"
-"Center and clicking the expert button."
-msgstr ""
-"Aquí seleccionamos un sistema de impresión para que use su computadora.\n"
-"Otros sistemas operativos pueden ofrecerle uno, pero Mandrake Linux le\n"
-"ofrece tres.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"pdq\" - \"print, don't queue\" (imprimir sin poner en cola), es la\n"
-"elección si Usted tiene una conexión directa a su impresora y desea evitar\n"
-"el pánico de los papeles trabados, y no tiene impresora en red alguna.\n"
-"Manejará sólo casos de red muy simples y es algo lento para las redes.\n"
-"Elija \"pdq\" si esta es su luna de miel con GNU/Linux. Después de la\n"
-"instalación puede cambiar sus elecciones ejecutando PrinterDrake desde el\n"
-"Centro de Control Mandrake y eligiendo el modo experto.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"CUPS\" - \"Common Unix Printing System\" (Sistema de Impresión Común\n"
-"de Unix) es excelente imprimiendo en su impresora local y también en la\n"
-"otra punta del planeta. Es simple y puede actuar como servidor o cliente\n"
-"para el sistema de impresión antiguo \"lpd\", por lo que es compatible con\n"
-"los sistemas anteriores. Puede hacer muchas cosas, pero la configuración\n"
-"básica es tan simple como la de \"pdq\". Si necesita que emule a un\n"
-"servidor \"lpd\", debe encender el demonio \"cups-lpd\". Tiene interfaces\n"
-"gráficas para imprimir o elegir las opciones de la impresora.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"lprNG\" - \"line printer daemon New Generation\" (servidor de\n"
-"impresora de líneas Nueva Generación). Este sistema puede hacer\n"
-"aproximadamente las mismas cosas que los otros, pero imprimirá en\n"
-"impresoras montadas sobre una red Novell, debido a que soporta el protocolo\n"
-"IPX, y puede imprimir directamente a comandos del shell. Si necesita Novell\n"
-"o imprimir a comandos de sin utilizar tuberías, utilice lprNG. De no ser\n"
-"así, se prefiere a CUPS ya que es más simple y es mejor al trabajar sobre\n"
-"redes."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
-"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
-"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
-"two-button mouse can be ``pressed'' by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
-"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
-"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
-"\n"
-"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
-"from the provided list.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n"
-"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
-"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
-"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to\n"
-"go back to the list of choices.\n"
-"\n"
-"Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
-"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
-"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
-"pressing the \"Next ->\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen.\n"
-"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you\n"
-"see the on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test\n"
-"the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move\n"
-"your mouse."
-msgstr ""
-"DrakX generalmente detecta la cantidad de botones que tiene su ratón. Si\n"
-"no, asume que Usted tiene un ratón de dos botones y lo configurará para que\n"
-"emule el tercer botón. DrakX sabrá automáticamente si es un ratón PS/2,\n"
-"serie o USB.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si desea especificar un tipo de ratón diferente, seleccione el tipo\n"
-"apropiado de la lista que se proporciona.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si elige un ratón distinto al predeterminado, se le presentará una pantalla\n"
-"de prueba. Use los botones y la rueda para verificar que la configuración\n"
-"es correcta. Si el ratón no está funcionando correctamente, presione la\n"
-"barra espaciadora o [Intro] para \"Cancelar\" y vuelva a elegir.\n"
-"\n"
-"Los ratones con rueda a veces no se detectan automáticamente. Necesitará\n"
-"seleccionarlo manualmente en la lista. Debe asegurarse de seleccionar el\n"
-"correspondiente en el puerto correcto al cual está conectado. Luego que ha\n"
-"presionado el botón \"Aceptar\", se muestra una imagen de un ratón. Debe\n"
-"mover la rueda de su ratón para activarlo correctamente. Luego, pruebe\n"
-"todos los botones y que el movimiento es correcto en todas direcciones."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n"
-"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"Next\n"
-"->\". Mandrake Linux will attempt to autodetect network devices and modems.\n"
-"If this detection fails, uncheck the \"Use auto detection\" box. You may\n"
-"also choose not to configure the network, or to do it later, in which case\n"
-"clicking the \"Cancel\" button will take you to the next step.\n"
-"\n"
-"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n"
-"traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection, cable modem, and finally a\n"
-"simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n"
-"\n"
-"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n"
-"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n"
-"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n"
-"\n"
-"You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n"
-"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n"
-"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection."
-msgstr ""
-"Ahora se le propone configurar su conexión de red/Internet. Si desea\n"
-"conectar su computadora a la Internet o a una red de área local, haga clic\n"
-"sobre \"Aceptar\". Se lanzará la detección automática de dispositivos de\n"
-"red y módems. Si esta detección falla, quite la marca de la casilla \"Usar\n"
-"detección automática\" la próxima vez. También puede elegir no configurar\n"
-"la red, o hacerlo más tarde; en ese caso simplemente haga clic sobre el\n"
-"botón \"Cancelar\".\n"
-"\n"
-"Los tipos de conexión disponibles son: módem tradicional, módem RDSI\n"
-"(ISDN), conexión ADSL, cable módem, y finalmente una simple conexión LAN\n"
-"(Ethernet).\n"
-"\n"
-"Aquí no entraremos en detalle en cada configuración. Simplemente debe\n"
-"asegurarse que su Proveedor de Servicios de Internet o su administrador del\n"
-"sistema le proporcionaron todos los parámetros de configuración.\n"
-"\n"
-"Puede consultar el capítulo de \"Guía del Usuario\" sobre las conexiones a\n"
-"la Internet para detalles acerca de la configuración, o simplemente esperar\n"
-"hasta que su sistema esté instalado y usar el programa que se describe aquí\n"
-"para configurar su conexión.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si desea configurar la red más tarde, luego de la instalación, o si ha\n"
-"finalizado de configurar su conexión de red, haga clic sobre \"Cancelar\"."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
-"covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n"
-"terms in it, check the \"Accept\" box. If not, simply turn off your\n"
-"computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Antes de continuar, debería leer cuidadosamente los términos de la\n"
-"licencia. La misma cubre a toda la distribución Mandrake Linux, y si Usted\n"
-"no está de acuerdo con todos los términos en ella, haga clic sobre el botón\n"
-"\"Rechazar\". Esto terminará la instalación de inmediato. Para continuar\n"
-"con la instalación, haga clic sobre el botón \"Aceptar\"."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"This step is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot time.\n"
-"\n"
-"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n"
-"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not always needed at\n"
-"boot time.\n"
-"\n"
-"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
-"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
-"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
-"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n"
-"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n"
-"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n"
-"!!"
-msgstr ""
-"Ahora puede elegir los servicios que desea iniciar durante el arranque.\n"
-"\n"
-"Aquí se presentan todos los servicios disponibles con la instalación\n"
-"corriente. Debe revisarlos con cuidado y quitar la marca de aquellos que no\n"
-"siempre son necesarios al arrancar.\n"
-"\n"
-"Puede obtener un pequeño texto explicativo acerca de un servicio\n"
-"seleccionando un servicio específico. Sin embargo, si no está seguro si un\n"
-"servicio es útil o no, es más seguro dejar el comportamiento\n"
-"predeterminado.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! Tenga mucho cuidado en esta etapa si pretende usar su máquina como un\n"
-"servidor: probablemente no deseará arrancar servicios que no necesita. Por\n"
-"favor recuerde que varios servicios pueden ser peligrosos si se habilitan\n"
-"en un servidor. En general, seleccione sólo aquellos servicios que\n"
-"realmente necesita. !!"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n"
-"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n"
-"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n"
-"similar applications.\n"
-"\n"
-"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n"
-"machine. Mandrake Linux has four predefined installations available. You\n"
-"can think of these installation classes as containers for various packages.\n"
-"You can mix and match applications from the various containers, so a\n"
-"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n"
-"``Development'' container installed.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Workstation\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation,\n"
-"select one or more of the applications that are in the workstation\n"
-"container.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Development\": if plan on using your machine for programming, choose\n"
-"the appropriate packages from the container.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Server\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of\n"
-"the more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Graphical Environment\": this is where you will choose your preferred\n"
-"graphical environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a\n"
-"graphical interface available.\n"
-"\n"
-"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
-"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n"
-"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n"
-"different options for a minimal installation:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"With X\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
-"working graphical desktop.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"With basic documentation\": installs the base system plus basic\n"
-"utilities and their documentation. This installation is suitable for\n"
-"setting up a server.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Truly minimal install\": will install the absolute minimum number of\n"
-"packages necessary to get a working Linux system. With this installation\n"
-"you will only have a command line interface. The total size of this\n"
-"installation is 65 megabytes.\n"
-"\n"
-"You can check the \"Individual package selection\" box, which is useful if\n"
-"you are familiar with the packages being offered or if you want to have\n"
-"total control over what will be installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you started the installation in \"Upgrade\" mode, you can unselect all\n"
-"groups to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n"
-"updating an existing system."
-msgstr ""
-"Ahora es el momento de especificar los programas que desea instalar en su\n"
-"sistema. Hay miles de paquetes disponibles para Mandrake Linux, y no se\n"
-"supone que los conozca a todos de memoria.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si está realizando una instalación estándar desde un CD-ROM, primero se le\n"
-"pedirá que especifique los CDs que tiene (sólo en modo Experto). Verifique\n"
-"las etiquetas de los CDs y marque las casillas que corresponden a los que\n"
-"tiene disponibles para la instalación. Haga clic sobre \"Aceptar\" cuando\n"
-"esté listo para continuar.\n"
-"\n"
-"Los paquetes se ordenan en grupos que corresponden a un uso particular de\n"
-"su máquina. Los grupos en sí mismos están clasificados en cuatro secciones:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Estación de trabajo\": si planea utilizar su máquina como una estación\n"
-"de trabajo, seleccione uno o más grupos correspondientes.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Desarrollo\": si la máquina se utilizará para programación, elija\n"
-"el(los) grupo(s) deseado(s).\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Servidor\": finalmente, si se pretende usar la máquina como un\n"
-"servidor aquí puede seleccionar los servicios más comunes que desea que se\n"
-"instalen en la misma.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Entorno gráfico\": seleccione aquí su entorno gráfico preferido. Si\n"
-"desea tener una estación de trabajo gráfica, ¡seleccione al menos uno!\n"
-"\n"
-"Si mueve el cursor del ratón sobre el nombre de un grupo se mostrará un\n"
-"pequeño texto explicativo acerca de ese grupo. Si deselecciona todos los\n"
-"grupos cuando está realizando una instalación regular (es decir, no una\n"
-"actualización), aparecerá un diálogo que propone opciones diferentes para\n"
-"una instalación mínima:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Con X\": instala la menor cantidad de paquetes posible para tener un\n"
-"escritorio gráfico que funcione;\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Con documentación básica\": instala el sistema base más algunos\n"
-"utilitarios básicos y la documentación de los mismos. Esta instalación es\n"
-"adecuada para configurar un servidor;\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Instalación realmente mínima\": instalará el mínimo necesario estricto\n"
-"para obtener un sistema Linux que funciona, sólo en línea de comandos. Esta\n"
-"instalación ocupa alrededor de 65Mb.\n"
-"\n"
-"Puede marcar la opción \"Selección de paquetes individuales\" que es útil\n"
-"si está familiarizado con los paquetes que se ofrecen o si desea tener un\n"
-"control total sobre lo que se instalará.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si inició la instalación en el modo \"Actualización\", puede deseleccionar\n"
-"todos los grupos para evitar instalar cualquier paquete nuevo. Esto es útil\n"
-"para reparar o actualizar un sistema existente."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
-"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
-"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
-"\"Hardware clock set to GMT \", which will let GNU/Linux know that the\n"
-"system clock and the hardware clock are in the same timezone. This is\n"
-"useful when the machine also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"Automatic time synchronization \" option will automatically regulate\n"
-"the clock by connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this\n"
-"feature to work, you must have a working Internet connection. It is best to\n"
-"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
-"server that can used by other machines on your local network."
-msgstr ""
-"GNU/Linux administra la hora en GMT (\"Greenwich Mean Time\", Hora del\n"
-"Meridiano de Greenwich) y la traduce a la hora local de acuerdo al huso\n"
-"horario que Usted seleccionó. Sin embargo, es posible desactivar esto\n"
-"quitando la marca de la casilla \"Reloj interno puesto a GMT\" de forma tal\n"
-"que el reloj de hardware es el mismo que el del sistema. Esto es útil\n"
-"cuando la máquina alberga otro sistema operativo como Windows.\n"
-"\n"
-"La opción \"Sincronización automática de hora (usando NTP)\" regulará\n"
-"automáticamente el reloj conectándose a un servidor remoto de la hora en la\n"
-"Internet. Elija un servidor ubicado cerca suyo en la lista que se presenta.\n"
-"Por supuesto debe tener una conexión con la Internet funcionando para que\n"
-"esta característica funcione. La misma instalará en su máquina un servidor\n"
-"de la hora que, opcionalmente, puede ser utilizado por otras máquinas en su\n"
-"red local."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. DrakX\n"
-"knows if a selected package is located on another CD-ROM so it will eject\n"
-"the current CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required."
-msgstr ""
-"La instalación de Mandrake Linux se divide en varios CD-ROMs. DrakX sabe si\n"
-"un paquete seleccionado se encuentra en otro CD y expulsará el CD corriente\n"
-"y le pedirá que inserte uno diferente cuando sea necesario."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
-"system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
-"administrator and is the only one authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
-"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
-"do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n"
-"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password that you chose too easy. As you\n"
-"can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n"
-"against. GNU/Linux is as prone to operator error as any other operating\n"
-"system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and unintentionally\n"
-"erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the partitions\n"
-"themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become \"root\".\n"
-"\n"
-"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
-"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it too\n"
-"easy to compromise a system.\n"
-"\n"
-"One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you\n"
-"must be able to remember it!\n"
-"\n"
-"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce\n"
-"the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password\n"
-"twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n"
-"``incorrect'' password will have to be used the first time you connect.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication\n"
-"server, clisk the \"Advanced\" button.\n"
-"\n"
-"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
-"services, select the appropriate one as \"authentication\". If you do not\n"
-"know which to use, ask your network administrator.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you happen to have problems with reminding passwords, you can choose to\n"
-"have \"No password\", if your computer won't be connected to the Internet,\n"
-"and if you trust anybody having access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Este es el punto de decisión más crucial para la seguridad de su sistema\n"
-"GNU/Linux: tendrá que ingresar la contraseña de \"root\". \"root\" es el\n"
-"administrador del sistema y es el único autorizado a hacer actualizaciones,\n"
-"agregar usuarios, cambiar la configuración general del sistema, etc.\n"
-"Resumiendo, ¡\"root\" puede hacer de todo!. Es por esto que deberá elegir\n"
-"una contraseña que sea difícil de adivinar - DrakX le dirá si la que eligió\n"
-"es demasiado fácil. Como puede ver, puede optar por no ingresar una\n"
-"contraseña, pero le recomendamos encarecidamente que ingrese una, aunque\n"
-"sea sólo por una razón: no piense que debido a que Usted arrancó GNU/Linux,\n"
-"sus otros sistemas operativos están seguros contra los errores. Eso no es\n"
-"cierto debido a que \"root\" puede sobrepasar todas las limitaciones y\n"
-"borrar, sin intención, todos los datos que se encuentran en las particiones\n"
-"accediendo a las mismas sin el cuidado suficiente. Es por esto que es\n"
-"importante que sea difícil convertirse en \"root\".\n"
-"\n"
-"La contraseña debería ser una mezcla de caracteres alfanuméricos y tener al\n"
-"menos una longitud de 8 caracteres. Nunca escriba la contraseña de \"root\"\n"
-"- eso hace que sea muy fácil comprometer a un sistema.\n"
-"\n"
-"Sin embargo, por favor no haga la contraseña muy larga o complicada debido\n"
-"a que Usted debe poder recordarla sin realizar mucho esfuerzo.\n"
-"\n"
-"La contraseña no se mostrará en la pantalla a medida que Usted la teclee.\n"
-"Por lo tanto, tendrá que teclear la contraseña dos veces para reducir la\n"
-"posibilidad de un error de tecleo. Si ocurre que Usted comete dos veces el\n"
-"mismo error de tecleo, tendrá que utilizar esta contraseña \"incorrecta\"\n"
-"la primera vez que se conecte.\n"
-"\n"
-"En modo experto, se le preguntará si se conectará a un servidor de\n"
-"autenticación, por ejemplo NIS o LDAP.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si su red usa los protocolos LDAP, NIS, o PDC Dominio de Windows para la\n"
-"autenticación, seleccione el botón apropiado como \"autenticación\". Si no\n"
-"sabe, pregunte al administrador de su red.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si su computadora no está conectada a alguna red administrada, querrá\n"
-"elegir \"Archivos locales\" para la autenticación."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Here are Listed the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
-"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
-"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
-"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
-"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
-"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
-"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
-"\n"
-"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
-"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
-"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
-"hard drives:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
-"\n"
-"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
-"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
-msgstr ""
-"Arriba se listan las particiones Linux existentes que se detectaron en su\n"
-"disco rígido. Puede mantener las elecciones hechas por el asistente, las\n"
-"mismas son buenas para las instalaciones más comunes. Si hace cambios, al\n"
-"menos debe definir una partición raíz (\"/\"). No elija una partición muy\n"
-"pequeña o no podrá instalar software suficiente. Si desea almacenar sus\n"
-"datos en una partición separada, también puede necesitar crear una\n"
-"partición para \"/home\" (sólo es posible si tiene más de una partición\n"
-"Linux disponible).\n"
-"\n"
-"Cada partición se lista como sigue: \"Nombre\", \"Capacidad\".\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Nombre\" está estructurado: \"tipo de disco rígido\", \"número de disco\n"
-"rígido\", \"número de partición\" (por ejemplo, \"hda1\").\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Tipo de disco rígido\" es \"hd\" si su disco es un disco IDE y \"sd\" si\n"
-"el mismo es un disco SCSI.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Número de disco rígido\" siempre es una letra que sigue a \"hd\" o a\n"
-"\"sd\". Para los discos IDE:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"a\" significa \"disco rígido maestro en la controladora IDE\n"
-"primaria\",\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"b\" significa \"disco rígido esclavo en la controladora IDE\n"
-"primaria\",\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"c\" significa \"disco rígido maestro en la controladora IDE\n"
-"secundaria\",\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"d\" significa \"disco rígido esclavo en la controladora IDE\n"
-"secundaria\".\n"
-"\n"
-"Para los discos SCSI, una \"a\" significa \"SCSI ID menor\", una \"b\"\n"
-"significa \"segunda SCSI ID menor\", etc."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Click on \"Next ->\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present\n"
-"on this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"Next ->\", you will not\n"
-"be able to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive,\n"
-"including any Windows data.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"<- Previous\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n"
-"partitions present on this hard drive."
-msgstr ""
-"Haga clic sobre \"Aceptar\" si desea borrar todos los datos y particiones\n"
-"presentes en esta unidad de disco. Tenga cuidado, luego de hacer clic sobre\n"
-"\"Aceptar\", no podrá recuperar los datos y las particiones presentes en\n"
-"esta unidad de disco, incluyendo los datos de Windows.\n"
-"\n"
-"Haga clic sobre \"Cancelar\" para cancelar esta operación sin perder los\n"
-"datos y las particiones presentes en esta unidad de disco."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Checking \"Create a boot disk\" allows you to have a rescue bot media\n"
-"handy.\n"
-"\n"
-"The Mandrake Linux CD-ROM has a built-in rescue mode. You can access it by\n"
-"booting the CD-ROM, pressing the >> F1<< key at boot and typing >>rescue<<\n"
-"at the prompt. If your computer cannot boot from the CD-ROM, there are at\n"
-"least two situations where having a boot floppy is critical:\n"
-"\n"
-" * when installing the bootloader, DrakX will rewrite the boot sector (MBR)\n"
-"of your main disk (unless you are using another boot manager), to allow you\n"
-"to start up with either Windows or GNU/Linux (assuming you have Windows on\n"
-"your system). If at some point you need to reinstall Windows, the Microsoft\n"
-"install process will rewrite the boot sector and remove your ability to\n"
-"start GNU/Linux!\n"
-"\n"
-" * if a problem arises and you cannot start GNU/Linux from the hard disk,\n"
-"this floppy will be the only means of starting up GNU/Linux. It contains a\n"
-"fair number of system tools for restoring a system that has crashed due to\n"
-"a power failure, an unfortunate typing error, a forgotten root password, or\n"
-"any other reason.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you say \"Yes\", you will be asked to insert a disk in the drive. The\n"
-"floppy disk must be blank or have non-critical data on it - DrakX will\n"
-"format the floppy and will rewrite the whole disk."
-msgstr ""
-"El CD-ROM de Mandrake Linux tiene un modo de rescate incorporado. Usted\n"
-"puede acceder al mismo arrancando desde el CD-ROM, presionando la tecla\n"
-">>F1<< durante el arranque y tecleando >>rescue<< en el prompt. Pero en\n"
-"caso que su computadora no pueda arrancar desde el CD-ROM, Usted debería\n"
-"recurrir a este paso al menos en dos situaciones:\n"
-"\n"
-" * cuando instala el cargador de arranque, DrakX sobreescribirá el sector\n"
-"de arranque (MBR) de su disco principal (a menos que esté utilizando otro\n"
-"administrador de arranque) de forma tal que pueda iniciar o bien Windows o\n"
-"bien GNU/Linux (asumiendo que tiene Windows en su sistema). Si necesita\n"
-"volver a instalar Windows, el proceso de instalación de Microsoft\n"
-"sobreescribirá el sector de arranque, y entonces ¡Usted no podrá iniciar\n"
-"GNU/Linux!\n"
-"\n"
-" * si surge un problema y Usted no puede iniciar GNU/Linux desde el disco\n"
-"rígido, este disquete será la única manera de iniciar GNU/Linux. El mismo\n"
-"contiene una buena cantidad de herramientas del sistema para restaurar un\n"
-"sistema que colapsó debido a una falla de energía, un error de tecleo\n"
-"infortunado, un error en una contraseña, o cualquier otro motivo.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si dice \"Sí\", se le pedirá que inserte un disquete dentro de la\n"
-"disquetera. El disquete que inserte debe estar vacío o contener datos que\n"
-"no necesite. No tendrá que formatearlo ya que DrakX sobreescribirá el\n"
-"disquete por completo."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n"
-"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n"
-"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n"
-"subgroups, or individual packages.\n"
-"\n"
-"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n"
-"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
-"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
-"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
-"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
-"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
-"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n"
-"security holes are discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n"
-"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n"
-"or why it is being installed, then click \"No\". Clicking \"Yes \" will\n"
-"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n"
-"default during boot. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"Automatic dependencies\" option is used to disable the warning dialog\n"
-"which appears whenever the installer automatically selects a package to\n"
-"resolve a dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each\n"
-"other such that installation of a package requires that some other program\n"
-"is already installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n"
-"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n"
-"\n"
-"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
-"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
-"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
-"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n"
-"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n"
-"create such a floppy."
-msgstr ""
-"Finalmente, dependiendo de si Usted elige seleccionar los paquetes\n"
-"individuales o no, se le presentará un árbol que contiene todos los\n"
-"paquetes clasificados por grupos y sub-grupos. Mientras navega por el\n"
-"árbol, puede seleccionar grupos enteros, sub-grupos, o simplemente\n"
-"paquetes.\n"
-"\n"
-"Tan pronto como selecciona un paquete en el árbol, aparece una descripción\n"
-"del mismo sobre la derecha. Cuando ha finalizado con su selección, haga\n"
-"clic sobre el botón \"Instalar\" que lanzará el proceso de instalación.\n"
-"Dependiendo de la velocidad de su hardware y de la cantidad de paquetes que\n"
-"se deben instalar, el proceso puede tardar un rato en completarse. En la\n"
-"pantalla se muestra una estimación del tiempo necesario para completar la\n"
-"instalación para ayudarlo a considerar si tiene tiempo suficiente par\n"
-"disfrutar una taza de café.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! Si ha sido seleccionado un paquete de servidor ya sea intencionalmente o\n"
-"porque era parte de un grupo completo, se le pedirá que confirme que\n"
-"realmente desea que se instalen esos servidores. Bajo Mandrake Linux,\n"
-"cualquier servidor instalado se inicia de manera predeterminada al momento\n"
-"del arranque. Aunque estos son seguros y no tienen problemas conocidos al\n"
-"momento en que se publicó la distribución, puede ocurrir que más tarde se\n"
-"descubran vulnerabilidades en la seguridad. En particular, si no sabe que\n"
-"es lo que se supone que hace un servicio o la razón por la cual se está\n"
-"instalando, entonces haga clic sobre \"No\". Si hace clic sobre \"Sí\" se\n"
-"instalarán todos los servicios listados y de manera predeterminada los\n"
-"mismos arrancarán automáticamente. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"La opción \"Dependencias automáticas\" simplemente deshabilita el diálogo\n"
-"de advertencia cuando el instalador selecciona automáticamente un paquete.\n"
-"Esto ocurre porque se determina que es necesario para satisfacer una\n"
-"dependencia con otro paquete para poder completar la instalación\n"
-"satisfactoriamente.\n"
-"\n"
-"El pequeño icono del disquete al final de la lista le permite cargar la\n"
-"lista de paquetes elegida durante una instalación previa. Haga clic sobre\n"
-"este icono y se le pedirá que inserte un disquete creado con anterioridad\n"
-"al final de otra instalación. Vea el segundo consejo del último paso para\n"
-"información sobre como crear dicho disquete."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n"
-"(formatting means creating a file system).\n"
-"\n"
-"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n"
-"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n"
-"partitions as well.\n"
-"\n"
-"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
-"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
-"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n"
-"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n"
-"\"/home\").\n"
-"\n"
-"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n"
-"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n"
-"it.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"Next ->\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"<- Previous\" if you want to choose another partition for your\n"
-"new Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"Advanced\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked\n"
-"for bad blocks on the disk."
-msgstr ""
-"Se debe formatear cualquier partición nueva que ha sido definida para que\n"
-"se pueda utilizar (formatear significa crear un sistema de archivos).\n"
-"\n"
-"Puede desear volver a formatear algunas particiones ya existentes para\n"
-"borrar cualquier dato que pudieran contener. Si así lo desea, por favor\n"
-"seleccione también dichas particiones.\n"
-"\n"
-"Por favor note que no es necesario volver a formatear todas las particiones\n"
-"pre-existentes. Debe volver a formatear las particiones que contienen el\n"
-"sistema operativo (tales como \"/\", \"/usr\" o \"/var\") pero no tiene que\n"
-"volver a formatear particiones que contienen datos que desea preservar\n"
-"(típicamente \"/home\").\n"
-"\n"
-"Tenga sumo cuidado cuando selecciona las particiones. Después de formatear,\n"
-"se borrarán todos los datos en las particiones seleccionadas y no podrá\n"
-"recuperarlos en absoluto.\n"
-"\n"
-"Haga clic sobre \"Aceptar\" cuando esté listo para formatear las\n"
-"particiones.\n"
-"\n"
-"Haga clic sobre \"Cancelar\" si desea elegir otra partición para la\n"
-"instalación de su sistema operativo Mandrake Linux nuevo.\n"
-"\n"
-"Haga clic sobre \"Avanzada\" si desea seleccionar las particiones en las\n"
-"que se buscarán bloques defectuosos en el disco."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the default language you chose in Section , DrakX will\n"
-"automatically select a particular type of keyboard configuration. However,\n"
-"you might not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language:\n"
-"for example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may have a\n"
-"Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Quebec, you may\n"
-"find yourself in the same situation where your native language and keyboard\n"
-"do not match. In either case, this installation step will allow you to\n"
-"select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on the \"More \" button to be presented with the complete list of\n"
-"supported keyboards.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
-"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n"
-"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
-msgstr ""
-"Normalmente, DrakX selecciona el teclado adecuado para Usted (dependiendo\n"
-"del idioma que eligió) y Usted ni siquiera verá este paso. Sin embargo,\n"
-"podría no tener un teclado que se corresponde exactamente con su idioma:\n"
-"por ejemplo, si Usted es un argentino que habla inglés, todavía podría\n"
-"desear que su teclado sea un teclado Latinoamericano. O si habla castellano\n"
-"pero está en Inglaterra puede estar en la misma situación. En ambos casos,\n"
-"Usted tendrá que volver a este paso de la instalación y elegir un teclado\n"
-"apropiado de la lista.\n"
-"\n"
-"Haga clic sobre el botón \"Más\" para que se le presente la lista completa\n"
-"de los teclados soportados.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si eligió una distribución de teclado basada en un alfabeto no latino, en\n"
-"el próximo diálogo se le pedirá que elija la combinación de teclas que\n"
-"cambiará la distribución del teclado entre la latina y la no latina."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n"
-"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n"
-"what it finds there:\n"
-"\n"
-" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n"
-"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or another\n"
-"OS.\n"
-"\n"
-" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n"
-"one.\n"
-"\n"
-"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n"
-"bootloader.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Boot device\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"First\n"
-"sector of drive (MBR)\"), but if you prefer, the bootloader can be\n"
-"installed on the second hard drive (\"/dev/hdb\"), or even on a floppy disk\n"
-"(\"On Floppy\").\n"
-"\n"
-"Checking \"Create a boot disk\" allows you to have a rescue bot media\n"
-"handy.\n"
-"\n"
-"The Mandrake Linux CD-ROM has a built-in rescue mode. You can access it by\n"
-"booting the CD-ROM, pressing the >> F1<< key at boot and typing >>rescue<<\n"
-"at the prompt. If your computer cannot boot from the CD-ROM, there are at\n"
-"least two situations where having a boot floppy is critical:\n"
-"\n"
-" * when installing the bootloader, DrakX will rewrite the boot sector (MBR)\n"
-"of your main disk (unless you are using another boot manager), to allow you\n"
-"to start up with either Windows or GNU/Linux (assuming you have Windows on\n"
-"your system). If at some point you need to reinstall Windows, the Microsoft\n"
-"install process will rewrite the boot sector and remove your ability to\n"
-"start GNU/Linux!\n"
-"\n"
-" * if a problem arises and you cannot start GNU/Linux from the hard disk,\n"
-"this floppy will be the only means of starting up GNU/Linux. It contains a\n"
-"fair number of system tools for restoring a system that has crashed due to\n"
-"a power failure, an unfortunate typing error, a forgotten root password, or\n"
-"any other reason.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you say \"Yes\", you will be asked to insert a disk in the drive. The\n"
-"floppy disk must be blank or have non-critical data on it - DrakX will\n"
-"format the floppy and will rewrite the whole disk."
-msgstr ""
-"Debe indicar donde desea colocar la información necesaria para arrancar en\n"
-"GNU/Linux.\n"
-"\n"
-"A menos que sepa exactamente lo que está haciendo, elija \"Primer sector\n"
-"del disco (MBR)\"."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
-"ready to use. Just click \"Next ->\" to reboot the system. The first thing\n"
-"you should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is\n"
-"the bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to\n"
-"start.\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"Advanced\" button (in Expert mode only) shows two more buttons to:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"generate auto-install floppy\": to create an installation floppy disk\n"
-"that will automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an\n"
-"operator, similar to the installation you just configured.\n"
-"\n"
-"   Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"Replay\". This is a partially automated installation. The\n"
-"partitioning step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"Automated\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is\n"
-"completely rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
-"\n"
-"   This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.\n"
-"See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Save packages selection\"(*): saves a list of the package selected in\n"
-"this installation. To use this selection with another installation, insert\n"
-"the floppy and start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key\n"
-"and type >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\" <<.\n"
-"\n"
-"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
-"\"mformat a:\")"
-msgstr ""
-"Ya está. Ahora la instalación está completa y su sistema GNU/Linux está\n"
-"listo para ser utilizado. Simplemente haga clic sobre \"Aceptar\" para\n"
-"volver a arrancar el sistema. Puede iniciar GNU/Linux o Windows, cualquiera\n"
-"que prefiera (si está usando el arranque dual) tan pronto como su máquina\n"
-"haya vuelto a arrancar.\n"
-"\n"
-"El botón \"Avanzada\" (sólo en modo Experto) le muestra dos botones más\n"
-"para:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Generar un disquete de instalación automática\": para crear un\n"
-"disquete de instalación que realizará una instalación completa sin la\n"
-"asistencia de un operador, similar a la instalación que ha configurado\n"
-"recién.\n"
-"\n"
-"   Note que hay dos opciones diferentes disponibles después de hacer clic\n"
-"sobre el botón:\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"Reproducir\" . Esta es una instalación parcialmente automatizada ya\n"
-"que la etapa de particionado (y sólo esta etapa) permanece interactiva.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"Automatizada\" . Instalación completamente automatizada: el disco\n"
-"rígido se sobreescribe por completo, y se pierden todos los datos.\n"
-"\n"
-"   Esta característica es muy útil cuando se instala una cantidad grande de\n"
-"máquinas similares. Vea la sección Auto install (en inglés) en nuestro\n"
-"sitio web.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Guardar selección de paquetes\"(*): guarda la selección de paquetes\n"
-"como se hizo con anterioridad. Luego, cuando haga otra instalación, inserte\n"
-"el disquete en la disquetera y ejecute la instalación yendo a la pantalla\n"
-"de ayuda con [F1], e ingrese >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n"
-"\n"
-"(*) Necesita un disquete formateado con FAT (para crear uno bajo GNU/Linux\n"
-"teclee \"mformat a:\")"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
-"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
-"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
-"\n"
-"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX will ask you if you have\n"
-"a PCI SCSI installed. Clicking \" Yes\" will display a list of SCSI cards\n"
-"to choose from. Click \"No\" if you know that you have no SCSI hardware in\n"
-"your machine. If you're not sure, you can check the list of hardware\n"
-"detected in your machine by selecting \"See hardware info \" and clicking\n"
-"the \"Next ->\". Examine the list of hardware and then click on the \"Next\n"
-"->\" button to return to the SCSI interface question.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
-"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
-"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
-"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
-"issues.\n"
-"\n"
-"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
-"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
-"configure the driver."
-msgstr ""
-"DrakX ahora detecta cualquier dispositivo IDE presente en su computadora.\n"
-"También buscará una o más tarjetas SCSI PCI en su sistema. Si se encuentra\n"
-"una tarjeta SCSI DrakX instalará el controlador apropiado automáticamente.\n"
-"\n"
-"Debido a que la detección de hardware a veces no detectará alguna pieza de\n"
-"hardware DrakX le pedirá que confirme si tiene una tarjeta SCSI PCI. Haga\n"
-"clic sobre \"Sí\" si sabe que hay una tarjeta SCSI instalada en su máquina.\n"
-"Se le presentará una lista de tarjetas SCSI de la cual elegir. Haga clic\n"
-"sobre \"No\" si no tiene hardware SCSI. Si no está seguro puede verificar\n"
-"la lista de hardware detectado en su máquina seleccionando \"Ver\n"
-"información sobre el hardware\" y haciendo clic sobre \"Aceptar\". Examine\n"
-"la lista de hardware y luego haga clic sobre el botón \"Aceptar\" para\n"
-"volver a la pregunta sobre la interfaz SCSI.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si tiene que seleccionar su adaptador manualmente, DrakX le preguntará si\n"
-"desea especificar opciones para el mismo. Debería permitir que DrakX sondee\n"
-"el hardware buscando las opciones específicas que necesita el hardware para\n"
-"inicializarse. Por lo general esto funciona bien.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si DrakX no puede sondear las opciones que deben pasarse, necesitará\n"
-"proporcionar manualmente las opciones al controlador."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems,\n"
-"alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n"
-"\n"
-"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n"
-"partition.\n"
-"\n"
-"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n"
-"select this boot option.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Image: this would be the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux\n"
-"or a variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is often used to\n"
-"assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button\n"
-"emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n"
-"The following are some examples:\n"
-"\n"
-"         video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"hda=autotune\n"
-"\n"
-"         video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n"
-"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n"
-"boot situation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4096 Kbytes. If you\n"
-"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used to specify a\n"
-"ramdisk larger than the default.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially mounted as\n"
-"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ``live''.\n"
-"You can override the default with this option.\n"
-"\n"
-" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n"
-"problematic, you can select this option to boot in ``novideo'' mode, with\n"
-"native frame buffer support.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n"
-"selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n"
-"highlighted with a ``*'' if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede agregar entradas adicionales para Yaboot, ya sea para otros sistemas\n"
-"operativos, núcleos alternativos, o para una imagen de arranque de\n"
-"emergencia.\n"
-"\n"
-"Para otros sistemas operativos, la entrada consiste sólo de una etiqueta y\n"
-"la partición raíz.\n"
-"\n"
-"Para Linux, hay algunas opciones posibles:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Etiqueta: esta es simplemente el nombre que deberá teclear en el prompt\n"
-"de yaboot para seleccionar esta opción de arranque.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Imagen: esta debería ser el nombre del núcleo a arrancar. Típicamente,\n"
-"vmlinux o una variación de vmlinux con una extensión.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Raíz: el dispositivo \"root\" o \"/\" para su instalación Linux.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Añadir: la opción de añadir al núcleo se usa bastante sobre el hardware\n"
-"Apple para asistir en la inicialización del hardware de vídeo, o para\n"
-"habilitar la emulación de los botones del ratón con el teclado para los\n"
-"botones 2do y 3ro del ratón que por lo general no tienen los ratones\n"
-"estándar de Apple. Algunos ejemplos son los siguientes:\n"
-"\n"
-"          video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"hda=autotune\n"
-"\n"
-"          video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd: esta opción se puede usar o bien para cargar los módulos\n"
-"iniciales, antes que esté disponible el dispositivo de arranque, o bien\n"
-"cargar una imagen de ramdisk para una situación de arranque de emergencia.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Tamaño de Initrd: generalmente el tamaño por defecto del ramdisk es 4096\n"
-"bytes. Puede usar esta opción si necesita asignar un ramdisk mayor.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Lectura-Escritura: normalmente la partición \"root\" se levanta en modo\n"
-"de sólo lectura, para permitir una verificación del sistema de archivos\n"
-"antes que el sistema se levante por completo. Aquí puede cambiar esta\n"
-"opción.\n"
-"\n"
-" * NoVideo: en caso que el hardware de vídeo de Apple sea excepcionalmente\n"
-"problemático, puede seleccionar esta opción para arrancar en el modo\n"
-"\"novideo\", con soporte nativo para el frame-buffer.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Predeterminada: selecciona a esta entrada como la opción Linux por\n"
-"defecto, que se puede elegir simplemente presionando [Intro] en el prompt\n"
-"de Yaboot. Esta entrada también se marcará con un \"*\", si presiona [Tab]\n"
-"para ver las selecciones del arranque."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
-"installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
-"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or from another\n"
-"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
-"partitions must be defined.\n"
-"\n"
-"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
-"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
-"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
-"\n"
-"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Clear all\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard\n"
-"drive\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Auto allocate\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3\n"
-"and swap partitions in free space of your hard drive\n"
-"\n"
-"\"More\": gives access to additional features:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Save partition table\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful\n"
-"for later partition-table recovery, if necessary. It is strongly\n"
-"recommended that you perform this step.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Restore partition table\": allows you to restore a previously saved\n"
-"partition table from a floppy disk.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Rescue partition table\": if your partition table is damaged, you can\n"
-"try to recover it using this option. Please be careful and remember that it\n"
-"doesn't always work.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Reload partition table\": discards all changes and reloads the\n"
-"partition table that was originally on the hard drive.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Removable media automounting\": unchecking this option will force\n"
-"users to manually mount and unmount removable medias such as floppies and\n"
-"CD-ROMs.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Wizard\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition\n"
-"your hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good\n"
-"understanding of partitioning.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Undo\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Toggle to normal/expert mode\": allows additional actions on\n"
-"partitions (type, options, format) and gives more information about the\n"
-"hard drive.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Done\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
-"save your changes back to disk.\n"
-"\n"
-"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
-"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
-"\n"
-"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
-"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
-"\n"
-"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
-"\n"
-"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
-"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
-msgstr ""
-"Ahora necesita elegir qué particiones se utilizarán para la instalación de\n"
-"su sistema Mandrake Linux. Si las particiones ya han sido definidas, ya sea\n"
-"por una instalación previa de GNU/Linux o con otra herramienta de\n"
-"particionado, puede utilizarlas. De lo contrario, se deben definir\n"
-"particiones en el disco rígido.\n"
-"\n"
-"Para crear particiones, primero debe seleccionar un disco rígido. Puede\n"
-"seleccionar el disco a particionar haciendo clic sobre \"hda\" para el\n"
-"primer disco IDE, \"hdb\" para el segundo, \"sda\" para el primer disco\n"
-"SCSI y así sucesivamente.\n"
-"\n"
-"Para particionar el disco rígido seleccionado, puede utilizar estas\n"
-"opciones:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Borrar todo\": esta opción borra todas las particiones sobre el disco\n"
-"seleccionado.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Asignación automática\": esta opción le permite crear particiones ext3\n"
-"y swap automáticamente en el espacio libre de su disco rígido.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Más\": le da acceso a características adicionales:\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"Guardar tabla de particiones\": guarda la tabla de particiones en\n"
-"un disquete. Útil para recuperar la tabla de particiones más adelante en\n"
-"caso que sea necesario. Es altamente recomendable realizar este paso.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"Recuperar tabla de particiones\": esta opción le permitirá\n"
-"restaurar una tabla de particiones guardada previamente en un disquete.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"Rescatar tabla de particiones\": si su tabla de particiones está\n"
-"dañada puede intentar recuperarla utilizando esta opción. Por favor, tenga\n"
-"cuidado y recuerde que puede fallar.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"Volver a cargar\": descarta todos los cambios y carga su tabla de\n"
-"particiones inicial.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"Montaje automático de soportes removibles\": si desmarca esta\n"
-"opción los usuarios estarán forzados a montar y desmontar manualmente los\n"
-"soportes removibles como los disquetes y los CD-ROMs.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Asistente\": use esta opción si desea utilizar un asistente para\n"
-"particionar su disco rígido. Se recomienda esto si no tiene un buen\n"
-"conocimiento del particionado.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Deshacer\": use esta opción para cancelar sus cambios.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Cambiar a modo normal/experto\": permite realizar acciones adicionales\n"
-"sobre las particiones (tipo, opciones, formatear) y brinda más información.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Hecho\": cuando ha terminado de particionar su disco rígido, esto\n"
-"guardará sus cambios en el disco.\n"
-"\n"
-"Nota: todas las opciones son accesibles por medio del teclado. Navegue a\n"
-"través de las particiones usando [Tab] y las flechas [Arriba/Abajo].\n"
-"\n"
-"Cuando se selecciona una partición, puede utilizar:\n"
-"\n"
-" * [Ctrl][C] para crear una partición nueva (cuando está seleccionada una\n"
-"partición vacía);\n"
-"\n"
-" * [Ctrl][D] para borrar una partición;\n"
-"\n"
-" * [Ctrl][M] para configurar el punto de montaje.\n"
-"\n"
-"Para obtener información sobre los distintos tipos de sistemas de archivos\n"
-"disponibles, por favor lea el capítulo acerca de ext2FS del \"Manual de\n"
-"Referencia\".\n"
-"\n"
-"Si está instalando en una máquina PPC, querrá crear una pequeña partición\n"
-"HFS de \"bootstrap\" de al menos 1MB que será utilizada por el cargador de\n"
-"arranque yaboot. Si opta por hacer la partición un poco más grande, digamos\n"
-"50 MB, puede ver que es un lugar útil para almacenar un núcleo y ramdisk\n"
-"alternativos para arrancar en situaciones de emergencia."
-
+"necesitará particionar el disco. B
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot
index d88572c80..c21d2d48a 100644
--- a/perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot
+++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot
@@ -146,1705 +146,4 @@ msgstr ""
 "Partitionner un disque signifie de le diviser précisément afin de créer un\n"
 "espace pour votre installation.\n"
 "\n"
-"Comme les effets du partitionage sont irréversibles (l'ensemble du disque\n"
-"est effacé), le partitionnement est généralement intimidant et stressant\n"
-"pour un utilisateur inexpérimenté. Heureusement, un assistant a été prévu à\n"
-"cet effet. Avant de commencer, révisez vos manuels et surtout, prenez votre\n"
-"temps.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si vous êtes en mode expert, l'application DiskDrake, l'outil de\n"
-"partitionnement de Mandrake Linux, vous permettra de déterminer précisément\n"
-"l'emplacement de chacune de vos partitions. Consultez la section DiskDrake\n"
-"du « Guide de démarrage ». À partir de l'interface d'installation, vous\n"
-"pouvez aussi lancer les assistants en cliquant sur « Assistant ».\n"
-"\n"
-"Si des partitions ont déjà été définies, peu importe qu'elles proviennent\n"
-"d'une autre installation ou d'un autre outil de partitionnement, il vous\n"
-"suffit de simplement choisir sur quelle partition vous voulez installer\n"
-"Mandrake.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si vos partitions ne sont pas définies, vous devrez les créer en utilisant\n"
-"l'assistant. Selon la configuration de votre disque, plusieurs options sont\n"
-"disponibles :\n"
-"\n"
-" * « Utilisez l'espace disponible » : cette option tentera simplement de\n"
-"partitionner automatiquement l'espace inutilisé sur votre disque. Il n'y\n"
-"aura pas d'autre question.\n"
-"\n"
-" * « Utiliser les partitions existantes » : l' assistant a détecté une ou\n"
-"plusieurs partitions existants sur votre disque. Si vous voulez les\n"
-"utiliser, choisissez cette option. Il vous sera alors demandé de choisir\n"
-"les points de montage associés à chacune des partitions. Les anciens points\n"
-"de montage sont sélectionnés par défaut, et vous devriez généralement les\n"
-"garder.\n"
-"\n"
-" * « Utilisez l'espace libre sur une partition Windows » : si Microsoft\n"
-"Windows est installé sur votre disque et prend l'ensemble de l'espace vous\n"
-"devez créer une place pour votre installation Mandrake. Pour ce faire, vous\n"
-"pouvez tout effacer (voir « effacer tout le disque » ou « Mode expert ») ou\n"
-"vous pouvez redimensionner l'espace utilisé par Windows. Le\n"
-"redimensionnement peut être effectué sans pertes de données, à condition\n"
-"que vous ayez préalablement défragmenté la partition Windows. Une\n"
-"sauvegarde de Vos données ne fera pas de mal non plus. Cette seconde option\n"
-"peut être accomplie sans perte de données. Cette solution est recommandée\n"
-"pour faire cohabiter Linux et Windows sur le même ordinateur.\n"
-"\n"
-"   Avant de choisir cette option, il faut comprendre qu'après cette\n"
-"procédure l'espace disponible pour Windows sera réduit. Vous aurez moins\n"
-"d'espace pour installer des logiciels ou sauvegarder de l'information avec\n"
-"Windows.\n"
-"\n"
-" * « Effacer tout le disque »: si vous voulez effacer toutes les données et\n"
-"les applications installées sur votre système et les remplacer par votre\n"
-"nouveau système Mandrake Linux, choisissez cette option. Soyez prudent, car\n"
-"ce choix est irréversible et permanent. Il vous sera impossible de\n"
-"retrouver vos données effacées.\n"
-"\n"
-"   !! En choisissant cette option, l'ensemble du contenu de votre disque\n"
-"sera détruit. !!\n"
-"\n"
-" * « Supprimer Microsoft Windows »: ce choix effacera tout simplement ce\n"
-"que contient le disque et recommencera à zéro. Toutes les données et les\n"
-"programmes présents sur le disque seront effacés.\n"
-"\n"
-"   !! En choisissant cette option, l'ensemble de votre disque sera effacé\n"
-"!!\n"
-"\n"
-" * « Mode expert »: permet de partitionner manuellement votre disque. Soyez\n"
-"prudent, parce que bien que plus puissante, cette option est dangereuse.\n"
-"Vous pouvez facilement perdre l'ensemble du contenu d'un disque. Donc, ne\n"
-"choisissez pas cette option si vous ne savez pas exactement ce que vous\n"
-"devez faire. Pour en savoir plus sur DiskDrake, référez vous à « Gérer ses\n"
-"partitions » du the « Guide de démarrage »"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on it will be lost\n"
-"and will not be recoverable!"
-msgstr ""
-"Choisissez le disque dur à effacer pour installer votre partition\n"
-"GNU/Linux. Soyez prudent, toute l'information stockée sur le disque sera\n"
-"détruite."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user can have their own\n"
-"preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n"
-"to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", which is the\n"
-"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be\n"
-"authorized to change anything except their own files and their own\n"
-"configuration, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n"
-"changes that impact the system as a whole. You will have to create at least\n"
-"one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use\n"
-"for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as \"root\"\n"
-"to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A mistake\n"
-"could mean that your system would not work any more. If you make a serious\n"
-"mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is that you will lose\n"
-"some information, but not affect the entire system.\n"
-"\n"
-"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
-"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
-"you typed in and copy it to the \"User name\" field, which is the name this\n"
-"user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override the\n"
-"default and change the username. The next step is to enter a password. From\n"
-"a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is not\n"
-"as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect it by\n"
-"making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones at\n"
-"risk.\n"
-"\n"
-"Once you click on \"Accept user\", you can add other users. Add a user for\n"
-"each one of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click\n"
-"\"Next ->\" when you have finished adding users.\n"
-"\n"
-"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\"\n"
-"for that user (bash by default).\n"
-"\n"
-"When you are finished adding all users, you will be asked to choose a user\n"
-"that can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
-"you are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
-"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"Next\n"
-"->\". If you are not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"Do you want\n"
-"to use this feature?\" box."
-msgstr ""
-"GNU/Linux est un système multiutilisateurs, ce qui signifie généralement\n"
-"que chaque utilisateur peut avoir des préférences différentes, ses propres\n"
-"fichiers, etc. Pour plus d'informations, consultez le « manuel\n"
-"d'utilisation ». Contrairement à « root » qui a tous les droits, les\n"
-"utilisateurs que vous ajouterez ici n'auront que des permissions pour agir\n"
-"sur leurs propres fichiers exclusivement. L'utilisateur/ administrateur\n"
-"devrait également se créer un compte « normal ». C'est à travers cet\n"
-"utilisateur que celui-ci devrait se connecter pour accomplir ses tâches\n"
-"quotidiennes. Car, bien qu'il soit pratique d'avoir tous les accès, cette\n"
-"situation peut également engendrer des situations désastreuses si un\n"
-"fichier est détruit par inadvertance. Un utilisateur normal n'ayant pas\n"
-"accès aux fichiers sensibles, ne peut causer de dommages majeurs.\n"
-"\n"
-"Il faut d'abord entrer le vrai nom de la personne. Évidemment, vous pouvez\n"
-"y inscrire n'importe quoi. DrakX prendra le premier mot inséré et le\n"
-"transposera comme « Nom de login ». C'est le nom qui sera utilisé pour se\n"
-"connecter au système. Vous pouvez le modifier. Il faut maintenant entrer un\n"
-"mot de passe. Celui-ci n'est pas aussi crucial que le mot de passe de\n"
-"« root », mais ce n'est pas une raison pour rentrer 123456. Après tout,\n"
-"ceci mettrait vos fichiers en péril.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si vous cliquez « Accepter », il vous sera possible d'ajouter d'autres\n"
-"utilisateurs. Créez un utilisateur différent pour chaque personne devant\n"
-"utiliser votre ordinateur. Une fois chaque utilisateur défini, cliquez sur\n"
-"« Terminer ».\n"
-"\n"
-"En cliquant sur « Avancé », vous pourrez sélectionner un « shell »\n"
-"différent pour cet utilisateur (bash est assigné par défaut).\n"
-"\n"
-"Lorsque vous avez fini d'installer tous les utilisateurs, il vous est\n"
-"proposé de choisir un utilisateur qui sera automatiquement connecté lors du\n"
-"démarrage de l'ordinateur. Si cela vous intéresse (et que la sécurité\n"
-"locale n'est pas trop un problème), choisissez l'utilisateur et le\n"
-"gestionnaire de fenêtres, puis cliquez sur « Oui ». Si cela ne vous\n"
-"intéresse pas, cliquez sur « Non »."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Finally, you will be asked whether you want to see the graphical interface\n"
-"at boot. Note this question will be asked even if you chose not to test the\n"
-"configuration. Obviously, you want to answer \"No\" if your machine is to\n"
-"act as a server, or if you were not successful in getting the display\n"
-"configured."
-msgstr ""
-"Finalement, il vous sera demandé si vous souhaitez obtenir l'interface\n"
-"graphique dès le démarrage ou non. Notez que cette question sera posée même\n"
-"si vous choisissez de ne pas tester la configuration. Il est évidemment\n"
-"souhaitable de répondre « Non » si cette machine est un serveur sur\n"
-"laquelle personne n'est censé travailler en mode graphique, ou si vous\n"
-"n'avez pas réussi à configurer le mode graphique."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n"
-"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n"
-"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n"
-"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct\n"
-"parameters.\n"
-"\n"
-"Yaboot's main options are:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n"
-"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n"
-"to hold this information.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n"
-"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n"
-"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n"
-"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second before your\n"
-"default kernel description is selected;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n"
-"at the first boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n"
-"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n"
-"Firmware Delay expires."
-msgstr ""
-"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld MacIntosh hardware. It is able to boot\n"
-"either GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX if present on your computer. Normally,\n"
-"these other operating systems are correctly detected and installed. If this\n"
-"is not the case, you can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to\n"
-"choose the correct parameters.\n"
-"\n"
-"Yaboot's main options are:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n"
-"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n"
-"to hold this information;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n"
-"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n"
-"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n"
-"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second before your\n"
-"default kernel description is selected;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose « C » for CD\n"
-"at the first boot prompt;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose « N » for\n"
-"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n"
-"Firmware Delay expires."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n"
-"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
-"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n"
-"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n"
-"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use. Refer to the \"msec\"\n"
-"chapter of the ``Command Line Manual'' to get more information about the\n"
-"meaning of these levels.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option."
-msgstr ""
-"À cette étape, vous devrez déterminer le niveau de sécurité requis par\n"
-"votre système. Le niveau de sécurité requis se détermine en fonction de\n"
-"l'exposition du système à d'autres utilisateurs (s'il est connecté\n"
-"directement sur Internet par exemple) et selon le niveau de sensibilité de\n"
-"l'information contenu dans le système (des numéros de carte de crédit par\n"
-"exemple). Sachez que, de manière générale, plus la sécurité d'un système\n"
-"est élevée, plus il est complexe à utiliser. Référez-vous au chapitre\n"
-"« msec » du « Manuel de référence » pour obtenir plus d'informations sur\n"
-"les niveaux de sécurité.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si vous ne savez pas quel niveau choisir, gardez la sélection par défaut."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
-"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
-msgstr ""
-"Sélectionnez le bon port. Par exemple: l'équivalent du port « COM1 » sur\n"
-"Windows, se nomme « ttyS0 » sous GNU/Linux."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of various information it has\n"
-"about your system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some\n"
-"or all of the following entries:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Mouse\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
-"to change it if necessary.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Keyboard\": check the current keyboard map configuration and click on\n"
-"the button to change that if necessary.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Country\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
-"country, click on the button and choose another one.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Timezone\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the\n"
-"primary language you have chosen. But here, just as in your choice of a\n"
-"keyboard, you may not be in the country with which the chosen language\n"
-"should correspond. You may need to click on the \"Timezone\" button to\n"
-"configure the clock for the correct timezone.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Printer\": clicking on the \"No Printer\" button will open the printer\n"
-"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
-"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n"
-"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Bootloader\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration,\n"
-"click that button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Graphical Interface\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical\n"
-"interface in \"800x600\" resolution. If that does not suits you, click on\n"
-"the button to reconfigure your grapical interface.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Network\": If you want to configure your Internet or local network\n"
-"access now, you can by clicking on this button.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Sound card\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is\n"
-"displayed here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that\n"
-"is actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n"
-"another driver.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"TV card\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n"
-"here. If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on the button to\n"
-"try to configure it manually.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"ISDN card\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be\n"
-"displayed here. You can click on the button to change the parameters\n"
-"associated with the card."
-msgstr ""
-"On vous présente ici les différents paramètres de votre système. Selon le\n"
-"matériel installé, certaines entrées seront présentes et d'autres pas.\n"
-"\n"
-" * « Souris »: pour vérifier la configuration actuelle de la souris.\n"
-"Cliquez sur le bouton pour modifier les options.\n"
-"\n"
-" * « Clavier »: vérifie la configuration choisie pour le clavier. Cliquez\n"
-"sur le bouton pour la modifier.\n"
-"\n"
-" * « Fuseau horaire »: DrakX, par défaut, essayez de trouver le fuseau\n"
-"horaire dans lequel vous êtes. Encore une fois, il est possible que vous ne\n"
-"soyez pas dans le fuseau horaire qui vous convient. Donc, vous aurez\n"
-"peut-être à cliquer sur le bouton « fuseau horaire » pour identifier\n"
-"précisément l'heure qui doit apparaître dans vos horloges.\n"
-"\n"
-" * « Imprimante »: en cliquant sur « Pas d'imprimante », l'outil de\n"
-"configuration sera démarré. Consultez le chapitre correspondant du « Guide\n"
-"de démarrage » pour plus de renseignements. L'interface qui y est\n"
-"documentée est similaire à celle rencontrée lors de l'installation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * « Carte son » : si une carte son a été détectée, elle apparaîtra ici.\n"
-"Aucune modification n'est possible à cette étape.\n"
-"\n"
-" * « Carte TV » : si une carte d'entrée/sortie vidéo (carte TV) a été\n"
-"détectée, elle apparaîtra ici. Si vous avez une carte TV et qu'elle n'a pas\n"
-"été détectée, cliquez sur ce bouton pour la configurer à la main.\n"
-"\n"
-" * « Carte ISDN » : si une carte ISDN est détectée, elle apparaîtra ici.\n"
-"Vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton pour en modifier les paramètres."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"This step is activated only if an ols GNU/Linux partition has been found on\n"
-"your machine.\n"
-"\n"
-"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n"
-"of an existing Mandrake Linux system:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Install\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old\n"
-"system. If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or\n"
-"change the file system, you should use this option. However, depending on\n"
-"your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from\n"
-"being over- written.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Upgrade\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
-"currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. Your current\n"
-"partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other\n"
-"configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.\n"
-"\n"
-"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandrake Linux systems\n"
-"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior\n"
-"to Mandrake Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
-msgstr ""
-"DrakX doit maintenant savoir quel type d'installation vous désirez\n"
-"réaliser. Deux types d'installations sont proposés : Par défaut (« \n"
-"Recommandée »), qui limite le nombre de questions à l'utilisateur au\n"
-"minimum ou « Expert » qui vous permet de sélectionner individuellement\n"
-"chacune des composantes à installer. Il vous est également proposé de faire\n"
-"une « Installation » ou une « Mise à jour » d'un système Mandrake Linux\n"
-"déjà installé :\n"
-"\n"
-" * « Installation » : Remplace l'ancien système. En fait, selon ce que\n"
-"votre machine comporte, vous pourrez garder intactes certaines des\n"
-"anciennes partitions (Linux ou autres) ;\n"
-"\n"
-" * « Mise à jour » : cette classe d'installation permet de mettre à jour\n"
-"seulement les paquetages qui composent votre système Mandrake Linux. Elle\n"
-"conserve les partitions existantes, ainsi que la configuration des\n"
-"utilisateurs. Toutes les autres étapes d'une installation classique sont\n"
-"accessibles ;\n"
-"\n"
-" * « Mise à jour des paquetages uniquement » : Cette nouvelle classe\n"
-"d'installation permet de mettre à jour un système Mandrake Linux déjà\n"
-"installé, tout en gardant sa configuration inchangée. L'ajout de nouveaux\n"
-"paquetages durant la mise à jour est cependant possible.\n"
-"\n"
-"La mise à jour devrait fonctionner correctement pour les système Mandrake\n"
-"Linux à partir de la version « 8.1 ».\n"
-"\n"
-"Selon votre niveau d'expertise avec les systèmes d'exploitations GNU/Linux,\n"
-"choisissez l'un des deux types d'installations suivants:\n"
-"\n"
-" * « Recommandée »: choisissez cette option si vous n'avez jamais installé\n"
-"de système d'exploitation GNU/Linux. C'est la méthode la plus facile, la\n"
-"plupart des choix ont déjà été faits pour vous.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Expert: si vous avez une bonne connaissance de GNU/Linux, vous pouvez\n"
-"choisir d'effectuer une installation personnalisée. Ces questions peuvent\n"
-"s'avérer complexes si vous n'avez pas une connaissance approfondie de\n"
-"GNU/Linux. En conséquence, il n'est pas recommandé de s'y aventurer sans de\n"
-"bonnes connaissances au préalable."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n"
-"packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n"
-"fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n"
-"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Choose\n"
-"\"Yes\" if you have a working Internet connection, or \"No\" if you prefer\n"
-"to install updated packages later.\n"
-"\n"
-"Choosing \"Yes\" displays a list of places from which updates can be\n"
-"retrieved. Choose the one nearest you. A package-selection tree will\n"
-"appear: review the selection, and press \"Install\" to retrieve and install\n"
-"the selected package( s), or \"Cancel\" to abort."
-msgstr ""
-"Au moment où vous êtes en train d'installer Mandrake Linux, il est possible\n"
-"que certains paquetages aient été mis à jour depuis la sortie du produit.\n"
-"Des bogues ont pu être corrigés, et des problèmes de sécurité résolus. Pour\n"
-"vous permettre de bénéficier de ces mises à jour, il vous est maintenant\n"
-"proposé de les télécharger depuis Internet. Choisissez « Oui » si vous avez\n"
-"une connexion Internet, ou « Non » si vous préférez installer les mises à\n"
-"jour plus tard.\n"
-"\n"
-"En choisissant « Oui », la liste des sites depuis lesquels les mises à jour\n"
-"peuvent être téléchargées est affichée. Choisissez le site le plus proche.\n"
-"Puis un arbre de choix des paquetages apparaît : vérifiez la sélection,\n"
-"puis cliquez sur « Installer » pour télé-charger et installer les mises à\n"
-"jour sélectionnées, ou « Annuler » pour abandonner."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"This dialog allows to finely tune your bootloader:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Bootloader to use\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"GRUB\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"LILO with text menu\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu\n"
-"interface.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"LILO with graphical menu\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical\n"
-"interface.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Boot device\": in most cases, you will not change the default\n"
-"(\"/dev/hda\"), but if you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the\n"
-"second hard drive (\"/dev/hdb\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"/dev/fd0\");\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Delay before booting the default image\": after a boot or a reboot of\n"
-"the computer, this is the delay given to the user at the console to select\n"
-"a boot entry other than the default.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n"
-"\"Skip\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n"
-"system! Be sure you know what you do before changing any of the options. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options\n"
-"that are reserved for the expert user."
-msgstr ""
-"LILO et grub sont deux programmes d'amorce pour GNU/Linux. Cette étape est\n"
-"normalement complètement automatique. En fait, DrakX analyse le secteur de\n"
-"démarrage (master boot record) et agit en fonction de ce qu'il peut y lire\n"
-":\n"
-"\n"
-" * Si un secteur de démarrage Windows est détecté, il sera remplacé par\n"
-"LILO/GRUB. Donc, vous serez capable de démarrer GNU/Linux et tout autre\n"
-"système d'exploitation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * si GRUB ou LILO est détecté, il sera remplacé par la nouvelle version;\n"
-"\n"
-"En cas de doute, DrakX affiche différentes options.\n"
-"\n"
-" * « Programme d'amorçage à utiliser » vous propose trois choix :\n"
-"\n"
-"    * « GRUB » : si vous préférez GRUB (menu texte).\n"
-"\n"
-"    * « LILO en mode graphique » : si vous préférez l'interface graphique.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * « LILO en mode texte » : si vous préférez la version texte de LILO.\n"
-"\n"
-" * « Périphériques de démarrage »: dans la plupart des cas, vous n'aurez\n"
-"pas à changer le disque par défaut (« /dev/hda », mais si vous le désirez,\n"
-"le programme d'amorce peut être installé sur un second disque,\n"
-"« /dev/hdb », ou même sur une disquette, « /dev/fd0 ».\n"
-"\n"
-" * « Délais avant l'activation du choix par défaut »: au redémarrage de\n"
-"l'ordinateur, il s'agit du temps accordé à l'utilisateur pour démarrer un\n"
-"autre système d'exploitation.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! Prenez garde, si vous décidez de ne pas installer de programme d'amorce\n"
-"(en cliquant sur « Annuler »), vous devez vous assurer d'avoir une méthode\n"
-"pour démarrer le système. Aussi, assurez-vous de bien savoir ce que vous\n"
-"faites si vous modifiez les options. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"En cliquant sur « Avancée », vous aurez accès à plusieurs autres options de\n"
-"configuration. Sachez que celles-ci sont réservées aux experts en la\n"
-"matière."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
-"Please choose the one you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n"
-"\n"
-"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
-"\"Capacity\".\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
-"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
-"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
-"hard drives:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
-"\n"
-"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
-"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
-"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
-msgstr ""
-"Plus d'une partition Windows ont été détectées sur votre disque dur. SVP,\n"
-"veuillez choisir celle que vous choisissez pour votre nouvelle installation\n"
-"de Mandrake Linux.\n"
-"\n"
-"Chaque partition est identifiée comme suit: \"Nom linux\", \"Nom Windows\",\n"
-"\"Capacité\".\n"
-"\n"
-"Le \"Nom\" est structuré ainsi : \"type de disque dur\", \"numéro du disque\n"
-"dur\", \"numéro de partition\". Par exemple, « hda1 ».\n"
-"\n"
-"Le \"Type de disque dur\" correspond à hd si votre disque est IDE. Pour un\n"
-"disque SCSI, vous lirez \"sd\".\n"
-"\n"
-"Le numéro du disque est toujours listé après le \"hd\" ou \"fd\". Pour les\n"
-"disques IDE :\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"a\" signifie \"disque primaire maître sur le premier contrôleur IDE\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"b\" signifie \"disque primaire esclave sur le premier contrôleur\n"
-"IDE\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"c\" indique \"disque primaire maître sur le second contrôleur IDE\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"d\" signifie \"disque primaire esclave sur le second contrôleur IDE\";\n"
-"\n"
-"Avec les disques SCSI, le \"a\" indique le plus petit SCSI ID, et ainsi de\n"
-"suite.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Windows name\" c'est la lettre assignée à votre disque, (le premier\n"
-"disque ou partition \"C:\")"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n"
-"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing systems\n"
-"is best for a particular type of configuration.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"pdq\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n"
-"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
-"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"pdq\n"
-"\" will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when\n"
-"used with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq \" if this is your\n"
-"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"CUPS\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n"
-"printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n"
-"simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n"
-"\"lpd \" printing system, so it compatible with older operating systems\n"
-"that may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n"
-"is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make\n"
-"sure to turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"CUPS\" includes graphical\n"
-"front-ends for printing or choosing printer options and for managing the\n"
-"printer.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you make a choice now, and later find that you don't like your printing\n"
-"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control\n"
-"Center and clicking the expert button."
-msgstr ""
-"Il faut choisir ici un système d'impression pour votre ordinateur. D'autres\n"
-"OSs offrent un, Mandrake Linux en propose deux.\n"
-"\n"
-" * « pdq » - qui veut dire « print, don't queue », (ou, impression sans\n"
-"passer par la file d'attente) est un bon choix si votre imprimante est\n"
-"branchée directement sur votre poste et que vous voulez pouvoir arrêter\n"
-"l'impression directement en cas de problème et que vous n'avez pas\n"
-"d'imprimantes réseau. Il prendra en charge de simples cas en réseau, mais\n"
-"les performances sont plutôt mauvaises dans ces cas. Choisissez pdq si vous\n"
-"êtes à une première expérience avec Linux. Vous pourrez toujours changer de\n"
-"système plus tard avec PrinterDrake à partir du Mandrake Control Center en\n"
-"cliquant sur « Expert ».\n"
-"\n"
-" * « CUPS » - « Common Unix Printing System », est fabuleux tant pour\n"
-"imprimante local que pour imprimer à l'autre bout du monde. C'est simple et\n"
-"il peu agir comme serveur ou un client avec l'ancien système d'impression\n"
-"« lpd ». Il s'agit d'un outil très puissant, mais les configurations de\n"
-"bases sont aussi simple que pdq. Pour émuler un serveur lpq, partez le\n"
-"démon (« daemon ») cups-lpq. Finalement, cups offre une interface simple\n"
-"pour imprimer et choisir les imprimantes."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
-"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
-"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
-"two-button mouse can be ``pressed'' by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
-"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
-"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
-"\n"
-"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
-"from the provided list.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n"
-"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
-"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
-"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to\n"
-"go back to the list of choices.\n"
-"\n"
-"Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
-"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
-"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
-"pressing the \"Next ->\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen.\n"
-"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you\n"
-"see the on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test\n"
-"the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move\n"
-"your mouse."
-msgstr ""
-"DrakX détecte généralement le nombre de boutons de votre souris. Sinon, il\n"
-"prend pour acquis que vous avez une souris à deux boutons et configurera\n"
-"l'émulation du troisième bouton. De plus, DrakX saura automatiquement si\n"
-"vous avez une souris PS/2, série ou USB.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si vous désirez installer une souris différente, veuillez la sélectionner à\n"
-"partir de la liste qui vous est proposée.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si vous sélectionnez une souris différente de celle choisie par défaut,\n"
-"DrakX vous présentera un écran de test. Utilisez les boutons et la roue\n"
-"pour vous assurer que tout fonctionne correctement. Si votre souris ne\n"
-"fonctionne pas normalement, appuyez sur la barre d'espacement ou [Entrée]\n"
-"ou encore « Annuler », puis, sélectionnez une autre souris.\n"
-"\n"
-"Les souris à roulette ne sont pas détectées parfois. Vous devrez alors\n"
-"sélectionner manuellement une souris dans la liste. Assurez vous de choisir\n"
-"celle qui correspond à votre modèle et au bon port de connexion. Après\n"
-"avoir pressé le bouton « OK », une image de souris apparaît. Vous devez\n"
-"alors faire tourner la molette afin de l'activer correctement. Testez alors\n"
-"que tous les mouvements et boutons fonctionnent correctement."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n"
-"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"Next\n"
-"->\". Mandrake Linux will attempt to autodetect network devices and modems.\n"
-"If this detection fails, uncheck the \"Use auto detection\" box. You may\n"
-"also choose not to configure the network, or to do it later, in which case\n"
-"clicking the \"Cancel\" button will take you to the next step.\n"
-"\n"
-"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n"
-"traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection, cable modem, and finally a\n"
-"simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n"
-"\n"
-"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n"
-"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n"
-"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n"
-"\n"
-"You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n"
-"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n"
-"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection."
-msgstr ""
-"Si vous désirez connecter votre système à un réseau ou à Internet, cliquez\n"
-"sur « OK ». L'autodétection des périphériques réseau et modem sera alors\n"
-"lancée. Si cette détection échoue, décochez la case « Utiliser\n"
-"l'autodétection ». Vous pouvez aussi choisir de ne pas configurer le\n"
-"réseau, ou de le faire plus tard. Dans ce cas, cliquez simplement sur\n"
-"« Annuler ».\n"
-"\n"
-"Les types de connexion supportées sont : modem téléphonique, modem ISDN,\n"
-"connexion ADSL, modem câble ou simplement LAN (réseau Ethernet).\n"
-"\n"
-"Nous ne détaillerons pas ici chacune des configurations possibles.\n"
-"Assurez-vous seulement que vous avez toutes les informations de votre\n"
-"fournisseur de service Internet à portée de main.\n"
-"\n"
-"Vous pouvez consulter le chapitre du « Guide de démarrage » concernant les\n"
-"connexions à Internet pour plus de détails à propos des configurations\n"
-"spécifiques de chaque type de connexion. Vous pouvez également configurer\n"
-"votre connexion à Internet une fois l'installation terminée."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
-"covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n"
-"terms in it, check the \"Accept\" box. If not, simply turn off your\n"
-"computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Avant d'aller plus loin, il est fortement recommandé de lire attentivement\n"
-"les termes et conditions d'utilisations de la licence. Celle-ci régit\n"
-"l'ensemble de la distribution Mandrake Linux. Si, pour une raison ou une\n"
-"autre, vous n'acceptez pas ces conditions, cliquez sur « Refuser ».\n"
-"L'installation sera alors immédiatement interrompue. Pour continuer,\n"
-"cliquez sur « Accepter »."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"This step is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot time.\n"
-"\n"
-"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n"
-"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not always needed at\n"
-"boot time.\n"
-"\n"
-"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
-"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
-"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
-"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n"
-"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n"
-"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n"
-"!!"
-msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez maintenant choisir les services disponibles au démarrage de\n"
-"votre système.\n"
-"\n"
-"Ici sont présentés tous les services disponibles avec l'installation en\n"
-"place. Faites une bonne vérification et enlevez tout ce qui n'est pas\n"
-"absolument nécessaire au démarrage du système.\n"
-"\n"
-"Vous pouvez obtenir une courte explication des services en les\n"
-"sélectionnant spécifiquement. Cela dit, si vous n'êtes pas sûr de\n"
-"l'application d'un service, conservez les paramètres par défaut.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! À cette étape, soyez particulièrement attentif dans le cas d'un système\n"
-"destiné à agir comme serveur. Dans ce cas, vous voudrez probablement\n"
-"permettre exclusivement les services nécessaires. !!"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n"
-"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n"
-"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n"
-"similar applications.\n"
-"\n"
-"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n"
-"machine. Mandrake Linux has four predefined installations available. You\n"
-"can think of these installation classes as containers for various packages.\n"
-"You can mix and match applications from the various containers, so a\n"
-"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n"
-"``Development'' container installed.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Workstation\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation,\n"
-"select one or more of the applications that are in the workstation\n"
-"container.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Development\": if plan on using your machine for programming, choose\n"
-"the appropriate packages from the container.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Server\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of\n"
-"the more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Graphical Environment\": this is where you will choose your preferred\n"
-"graphical environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a\n"
-"graphical interface available.\n"
-"\n"
-"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
-"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n"
-"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n"
-"different options for a minimal installation:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"With X\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
-"working graphical desktop.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"With basic documentation\": installs the base system plus basic\n"
-"utilities and their documentation. This installation is suitable for\n"
-"setting up a server.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Truly minimal install\": will install the absolute minimum number of\n"
-"packages necessary to get a working Linux system. With this installation\n"
-"you will only have a command line interface. The total size of this\n"
-"installation is 65 megabytes.\n"
-"\n"
-"You can check the \"Individual package selection\" box, which is useful if\n"
-"you are familiar with the packages being offered or if you want to have\n"
-"total control over what will be installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you started the installation in \"Upgrade\" mode, you can unselect all\n"
-"groups to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n"
-"updating an existing system."
-msgstr ""
-"C'est maintenant le moment de choisir les paquetages qui seront installés\n"
-"sur votre système. Sachez que Mandrake Linux contient plusieurs milliers de\n"
-"paquetages à installer, et qu'il n'est pas nécessaire de tous les connaître\n"
-"par coeur.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si vous êtes en train de faire une installation normale à partir d'un\n"
-"CD-ROM, il vous sera d'abord demandé de spécifier quel(s) CDs vous avez (en\n"
-"mode Expert). Vérifiez les étiquettes et cliquez sur les cases associées.\n"
-"Cliquez sur « OK », lorsque vous êtes prêt à continuer.\n"
-"\n"
-"Les paquetages sont regroupés selon la nature de l'installation. Les\n"
-"groupes sont divisés en quatre sections principales :\n"
-"\n"
-" * « Station de travail »: si vous comptez utiliser votre machine ainsi,\n"
-"sélectionner un ou plusieurs groupes y correspondant.\n"
-"\n"
-" * « Développement »: si votre système doit être utilisé pour la\n"
-"programmation, choisissez les groupes désirés.\n"
-"\n"
-" * « Serveur »: finalement, si votre système doit agir en tant que serveur,\n"
-"vous pourrez sélectionner les services que vous voulez installer.\n"
-"\n"
-" * « Environnement graphique »: ce groupe vous permettra de déterminer quel\n"
-"environnement graphique vous voulez avoir sur votre système. Évidemment, il\n"
-"vous en faut au moins un pour utiliser votre station en mode graphique.\n"
-"\n"
-"En plaçant votre souris au dessus d'un nom de groupe, vous verrez\n"
-"apparaître une courte description de ce groupe. Si vous dé-sélectionnez\n"
-"tous les groupes lors d'une installation standard (par opposition à une\n"
-"mise à jour), un dialogue apparaîtra proposant différentes options pour une\n"
-"installation minimale :\n"
-"\n"
-" * « Avec X » : installe le moins de paquetages possible pour avoir un\n"
-"environnement de travail graphique ;\n"
-"\n"
-" * « Avec la documentation de base » : installe le système de base plus\n"
-"certains utilitaires de base et leur documentation. Cette installation est\n"
-"utilisable comme base pour monter un serveur ;\n"
-"\n"
-" * « Installation vraiment minimale » : installera le strict minimum\n"
-"nécessaire pour obtenir un système GNU/Linux fonctionnel, en ligne de\n"
-"commande. Cette installation prends à peu près 65Mo.\n"
-"\n"
-"Vous pouvez finalement cocher l'option « Sélection individuelle des\n"
-"paquetages ». Cette option est à utiliser si vous connaissez exactement le\n"
-"paquetage désiré ou si vous voulez avoir le contrôle total de votre\n"
-"installation.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si vous avez démarré l'installation en mode « mise à jour », vous pouvez\n"
-"« dé-sélectionner » tous les groupes afin d'éviter l'installation de\n"
-"nouveaux programmes. Cette option est très utile pour restaurer un système\n"
-"défectueux."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
-"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
-"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
-"\"Hardware clock set to GMT \", which will let GNU/Linux know that the\n"
-"system clock and the hardware clock are in the same timezone. This is\n"
-"useful when the machine also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"Automatic time synchronization \" option will automatically regulate\n"
-"the clock by connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this\n"
-"feature to work, you must have a working Internet connection. It is best to\n"
-"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
-"server that can used by other machines on your local network."
-msgstr ""
-"GNU/Linux manipule l'heure au format GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) et la\n"
-"convertit en temps local selon le fuseau horaire choisi. Il est néanmoins\n"
-"possible de désactiver cela en désélectionnant « Horloge système réglée sur\n"
-"le méridien de Greenwich » de façon à ce que l'horloge matérielle soit la\n"
-"même que celle du système. Cela est particulièrement utile si la machine\n"
-"accueille un autre système d'exploitation tel que Windows.\n"
-"\n"
-"La « Synchronisation automatique » permet de régler l'heure automatiquement\n"
-"en se connectant à un serveur de temps sur Internet. Dans la liste qui est\n"
-"alors présentée, choisissez un serveur géographiquement proche de vous.\n"
-"Vous devez avoir une connexion Internet pour que cela fonctionne bien\n"
-"entendu. Cela installera en fait sur votre machine un serveur de temps\n"
-"local qui pourra, en option, être lui-même utilisé par d'autres machines de\n"
-"votre réseau local."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. DrakX\n"
-"knows if a selected package is located on another CD-ROM so it will eject\n"
-"the current CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required."
-msgstr ""
-"Les paquetages requis à l'installation de Mandrake Linux sont distribués\n"
-"sur plusieurs CDROM. Heureusement, DrakX connaît l'emplacement de chacun\n"
-"des paquetages. Il éjectera celui présent dans le lecteur et vous demandera\n"
-"d'insérer le CDROM approprié, selon le cas."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
-"system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
-"administrator and is the only one authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
-"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
-"do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n"
-"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password that you chose too easy. As you\n"
-"can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n"
-"against. GNU/Linux is as prone to operator error as any other operating\n"
-"system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and unintentionally\n"
-"erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the partitions\n"
-"themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become \"root\".\n"
-"\n"
-"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
-"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it too\n"
-"easy to compromise a system.\n"
-"\n"
-"One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you\n"
-"must be able to remember it!\n"
-"\n"
-"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce\n"
-"the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password\n"
-"twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n"
-"``incorrect'' password will have to be used the first time you connect.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication\n"
-"server, clisk the \"Advanced\" button.\n"
-"\n"
-"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
-"services, select the appropriate one as \"authentication\". If you do not\n"
-"know which to use, ask your network administrator.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you happen to have problems with reminding passwords, you can choose to\n"
-"have \"No password\", if your computer won't be connected to the Internet,\n"
-"and if you trust anybody having access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous devez prendre ici une décision cruciale pour la sécurité de votre\n"
-"système. L'utilisateur « root » est l'administrateur du système qui a tous\n"
-"les droits d'accès aux fichiers de configuration, etc. Il est donc\n"
-"impératif de choisir un mot de passe difficile à deviner (pensez aux\n"
-"systèmes prévus à cet effet qui anticipent les combinaisons communes des\n"
-"utilisateurs). DrakX vous avertira si le mot de passe entré est trop facile\n"
-"à deviner. Comme vous pouvez le voir, il est également possible de ne pas\n"
-"entrer de mot de passe. Nous déconseillons fortement cette pratique. Comme\n"
-"l'erreur est humaine, un utilisateur avec tous les droits peut tout\n"
-"détruire sur votre système, c'est pourquoi le mot de passe doit agir comme\n"
-"barrière à l'entrée.\n"
-"\n"
-"Le mot de passe choisi devrait contenir au moins 8 caractères\n"
-"alphanumériques. Ne jamais écrire un mot de passe, forcez-vous à vous en\n"
-"souvenir par coeur. Il faut donc ménager accessibilité et mémoire, donc un\n"
-"mot de passe de 30 caractères est presque impossible à mémoriser.\n"
-"\n"
-"Afin d'éviter les regards indiscrets, le mot de passe n'apparaîtra pas à\n"
-"l'écran. Il vous faudra donc l'inscrire deux fois afin d'éviter les erreurs\n"
-"de frappe. Évidemment, si vous faites deux fois la même erreur, celle-ci\n"
-"sera sauvegardée et vous devrez la reproduire afin d'accéder à votre\n"
-"système pour la première fois.\n"
-"\n"
-"En mode expert, on vous demandera si vous comptez vous connecter sur un\n"
-"serveur d'authentification, tel que NIS ou LDAP. Si votre réseau utilise un\n"
-"de ces protocoles, il faut le sélectionner. Si vous n'en avez aucune idée,\n"
-"demandez à votre administrateur de réseau.\n"
-"\n"
-"En mode expert, on vous demandera si vous vous connecterez sur un serveur\n"
-"d'authentification tel que NIS ou LDAP.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si votre réseau utilise soit LDAP, NIS, ou un PDC Windows, choisissez-le\n"
-"comme protocole d'authentification. En cas de doute, demandez à votre\n"
-"administrateur réseau.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si votre poste n'est pas sur un réseau, choisissez « Fichiers Locaux » pour\n"
-"l'authentification."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Here are Listed the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
-"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
-"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
-"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
-"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
-"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
-"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
-"\n"
-"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
-"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
-"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
-"hard drives:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
-"\n"
-"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
-"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
-msgstr ""
-"La liste présentée plus haut identifie les partitions GNU/Linux détectées\n"
-"sur votre système. Vous pouvez accepter les choix proposés par l'assistant,\n"
-"qui s'avèrent bon dans la grande majorité des cas. Si vous faites un\n"
-"changement, vous devez au moins avoir une partition root (\"/\"). root\n"
-"partition (« / »). Prenez garde de vous réserver suffisamment d'espace pour\n"
-"installer toutes les applications qui vous intéressent. Vous devrez\n"
-"également créer une partition «  /home ». Ceci s'avère exclusivement\n"
-"possible lorsque vous avez déjà au moins une partition GNU/Linux de\n"
-"configurée.\n"
-"\n"
-"Chaque partition est listée comme suit: \"Nom\", \"Capacité\".\n"
-"\n"
-"Le \"Nom\" est structuré ainsi : \"type de disque dur\", \"numéro du disque\n"
-"dur\", \"numéro de partition\". Par exemple, « hda1 ».\n"
-"\n"
-"Le \"Type de disque dur\" correspond à hd si votre disque est IDE. Pour un\n"
-"disque SCSI, vous lirez \"sd\".\n"
-"\n"
-"Le numéro du disque est toujours listé après le \"hd\" ou \"fd\". Pour les\n"
-"disques IDE :\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"a\" signifie \"disque primaire maître sur le premier contrôleur IDE\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"b\" signifie le \"disque primaire esclave sur le premier contrôleur\n"
-"IDE\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"c\" indique le \"disque primaire maître sur le second contrôleur\n"
-"IDE\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"d\" signifie le \"disque primaire esclave sur le second contrôleur\n"
-"IDE\";\n"
-"\n"
-"Avec les disques SCSI, le \"a\" indique le plus petit SCSI ID, et « b » le\n"
-"« deuxième plus petit ID », etc."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Click on \"Next ->\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present\n"
-"on this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"Next ->\", you will not\n"
-"be able to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive,\n"
-"including any Windows data.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"<- Previous\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n"
-"partitions present on this hard drive."
-msgstr ""
-"Cliquez sur « OK » si vous voulez vraiment effacer toute l'information et\n"
-"les partitions. Soyez prudent, après avoir cliqué sur « OK », vous ne\n"
-"pourrez plus récupérer les données ou les partitions, y compris les données\n"
-"Windows.\n"
-"\n"
-"Cliquez « annuler » pour annuler cette opération sans perdre de données."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Checking \"Create a boot disk\" allows you to have a rescue bot media\n"
-"handy.\n"
-"\n"
-"The Mandrake Linux CD-ROM has a built-in rescue mode. You can access it by\n"
-"booting the CD-ROM, pressing the >> F1<< key at boot and typing >>rescue<<\n"
-"at the prompt. If your computer cannot boot from the CD-ROM, there are at\n"
-"least two situations where having a boot floppy is critical:\n"
-"\n"
-" * when installing the bootloader, DrakX will rewrite the boot sector (MBR)\n"
-"of your main disk (unless you are using another boot manager), to allow you\n"
-"to start up with either Windows or GNU/Linux (assuming you have Windows on\n"
-"your system). If at some point you need to reinstall Windows, the Microsoft\n"
-"install process will rewrite the boot sector and remove your ability to\n"
-"start GNU/Linux!\n"
-"\n"
-" * if a problem arises and you cannot start GNU/Linux from the hard disk,\n"
-"this floppy will be the only means of starting up GNU/Linux. It contains a\n"
-"fair number of system tools for restoring a system that has crashed due to\n"
-"a power failure, an unfortunate typing error, a forgotten root password, or\n"
-"any other reason.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you say \"Yes\", you will be asked to insert a disk in the drive. The\n"
-"floppy disk must be blank or have non-critical data on it - DrakX will\n"
-"format the floppy and will rewrite the whole disk."
-msgstr ""
-"Le CD-ROM d'installation de Mandrake Linux a un mode de récupération\n"
-"prédéfini. Vous pouvez y accéder en démarrant l'ordinateur sur le CD-ROM:\n"
-"pressez la touche « F1 » au premier écran, puis tapez « rescue ». Selon la\n"
-"version de votre « BIOS », il faut lui spécifier de démarrer sur le CDROM.\n"
-"Vous pourrez avoir besoin de cela dans deux cas précis :\n"
-"\n"
-" * Au moment d'installer le « Programme d'amorce » , DrakX va réécrire sur\n"
-"le secteur (MBR) contenant le programme d'amorce (boot loader) afin de vous\n"
-"permettre de démarrer avec Windows ou GNU/Linux (en prenant pour acquis que\n"
-"vous avez deux systèmes d'exploitation installés). Si vous réinstallez\n"
-"Windows, celui-ci va réécrire sur le secteur de démarrage et il vous sera\n"
-"désormais impossible de démarrer GNU/Linux.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Si un problème survient et qu'il vous est impossible de démarrer\n"
-"GNU/Linux à partir du disque dur, cette disquette deviendra votre seul\n"
-"moyen de démarrer votre système Linux. Elle contient un bon nombre d'outils\n"
-"pour récupérer un système défectueux, peu importe la source du problème.\n"
-"\n"
-"En cliquant sur cette étape, on vous demandera d'insérer une disquette. La\n"
-"disquette insérée sera complètement effacée et DrakX se chargera de la\n"
-"formater et d'y insérer les fichiers nécessaires."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n"
-"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n"
-"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n"
-"subgroups, or individual packages.\n"
-"\n"
-"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n"
-"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
-"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
-"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
-"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
-"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
-"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n"
-"security holes are discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n"
-"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n"
-"or why it is being installed, then click \"No\". Clicking \"Yes \" will\n"
-"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n"
-"default during boot. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"Automatic dependencies\" option is used to disable the warning dialog\n"
-"which appears whenever the installer automatically selects a package to\n"
-"resolve a dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each\n"
-"other such that installation of a package requires that some other program\n"
-"is already installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n"
-"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n"
-"\n"
-"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
-"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
-"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
-"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n"
-"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n"
-"create such a floppy."
-msgstr ""
-"Finalement, si vous avez choisi de sélectionner individuellement les\n"
-"paquetages à installer, DrakX vous présentera un arbre contenant tous les\n"
-"paquetages, classés par groupes et sous-groupes. En naviguant à travers\n"
-"l'arbre, vous pouvez sélectionner des groupes, des sous-groupes ou des\n"
-"paquetages individuels.\n"
-"\n"
-"Dès que vous sélectionnez un paquetage dans l'arbre, une description\n"
-"apparaît à droite. Une fois votre sélection terminée, cliquez sur\n"
-"« Installation » pour lancer le processus. Soyez patient, car en fonction\n"
-"du type d'installation choisi ou du nombre de paquetages sélectionnés, le\n"
-"temps requis peut être substantiellement différent. Une estimation du temps\n"
-"requis est présentée sur l'écran en cours d'opération afin de vous\n"
-"permettre d'évaluer de combien de temps vous disposez pour prendre votre\n"
-"déjeuner.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! Si un logiciel serveur a été sélectionné, vous devrez confirmer que vous\n"
-"voulez vraiment que celui-ci soit installé. Sous Mandrake, par défaut, tous\n"
-"les serveurs installés sont lancés au démarrage. Malgré tous les efforts\n"
-"investis pour vous livrer une distribution Linux sécuritaire, il est\n"
-"possible que certaines failles de sécurité affectes les serveurs installés\n"
-"au-delà de la date de publication. Si vous ne savez pas précisément à quoi\n"
-"sert un serveur en particulier ou pourquoi il est installé, cliquez sur\n"
-"« NON ». En cliquant sur « OUI », le serveur sera installé et le service\n"
-"rendu disponible au démarrage. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"L'option « Dépendances automatiques » désactive les avertissements qui\n"
-"apparaissent à chaque fois que l'installeur sélectionne un nouveau paquet.\n"
-"Ces avertissements surviennent parce que DrakX a déterminé que pour qu'un\n"
-"paquetage soit fonctionnel, il lui en faut un autre dont il est dépendant.\n"
-"\n"
-"La petite icône de disquette qui apparaît au bas de la liste permet de\n"
-"récupérer une liste de paquetages sélectionnés durant une autre\n"
-"installation. En cliquant dessus, on vous demandera d'insérer la disquette\n"
-"créée lors d'une installation précédente. Voir la deuxième note de la\n"
-"dernière étape afin de savoir comment créer une telle disquette."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n"
-"(formatting means creating a file system).\n"
-"\n"
-"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n"
-"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n"
-"partitions as well.\n"
-"\n"
-"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
-"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
-"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n"
-"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n"
-"\"/home\").\n"
-"\n"
-"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n"
-"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n"
-"it.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"Next ->\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"<- Previous\" if you want to choose another partition for your\n"
-"new Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"Advanced\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked\n"
-"for bad blocks on the disk."
-msgstr ""
-"Les partitions ayant été nouvellement définies doivent être formatées (ce\n"
-"qui implique la création d'un système de fichiers).\n"
-"\n"
-"Lors de cette étape, vous pouvez reformater des partitions existantes pour\n"
-"effacer les données présentes. Vous devrez alors les sélectionner\n"
-"également.\n"
-"\n"
-"Sachez qu'il n'est pas nécessaire de reformater toutes les partitions\n"
-"existantes. Vous devez formater les partitions contenant le système\n"
-"d'exploitation (comme « / »,«  /usr » ou « /var », mais il n'est pas\n"
-"nécessaire de formater les partitions de données, notamment « /home »..\n"
-"\n"
-"Soyez prudent. Une fois que les partitions sélectionnées seront\n"
-"reformatées, il sera impossible de récupérer des données.\n"
-"\n"
-"Cliquez sur « OK » lorsque vous êtes prêt à formater les partitions.\n"
-"\n"
-"Cliquez sur « Annuler » pour ajouter ou enlever une partition à formater.\n"
-"\n"
-"Cliquer sur « Avancer » si vous désirez sélectionner des partitions pour\n"
-"une vérification des secteurs défectueux (« Bad Blocks »)."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the default language you chose in Section , DrakX will\n"
-"automatically select a particular type of keyboard configuration. However,\n"
-"you might not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language:\n"
-"for example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may have a\n"
-"Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Quebec, you may\n"
-"find yourself in the same situation where your native language and keyboard\n"
-"do not match. In either case, this installation step will allow you to\n"
-"select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on the \"More \" button to be presented with the complete list of\n"
-"supported keyboards.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
-"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n"
-"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
-msgstr ""
-"Normalement, DrakX sélectionne le clavier approprié en fonction de la\n"
-"langue choisie et vous ne devriez pas voir cette étape. Cela dit, il est\n"
-"possible que vous ayez un clavier ne correspondant pas exactement à votre\n"
-"langue d'utilisation. Par exemple, si vous habitez le Québec et parlez le\n"
-"français et l'anglais, vous pouvez vouloir avoir votre clavier anglais pour\n"
-"les tâches d'administration système et votre clavier français pour écrire\n"
-"de la poésie. Dans ces cas, il vous faudra revenir à cette étape\n"
-"d'installation et sélectionner un autre clavier à partir de la liste.\n"
-"\n"
-"Cliquez sur « Davantage » pour voir toutes les options proposées.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si vous choisissez un clavier basé sur un alphabet non-latin, on vous\n"
-"demandera au prochain écran de choisir la combinaison de clés permettant\n"
-"d'alterner entre ceux-ci."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n"
-"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n"
-"what it finds there:\n"
-"\n"
-" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n"
-"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or another\n"
-"OS.\n"
-"\n"
-" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n"
-"one.\n"
-"\n"
-"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n"
-"bootloader.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Boot device\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"First\n"
-"sector of drive (MBR)\"), but if you prefer, the bootloader can be\n"
-"installed on the second hard drive (\"/dev/hdb\"), or even on a floppy disk\n"
-"(\"On Floppy\").\n"
-"\n"
-"Checking \"Create a boot disk\" allows you to have a rescue bot media\n"
-"handy.\n"
-"\n"
-"The Mandrake Linux CD-ROM has a built-in rescue mode. You can access it by\n"
-"booting the CD-ROM, pressing the >> F1<< key at boot and typing >>rescue<<\n"
-"at the prompt. If your computer cannot boot from the CD-ROM, there are at\n"
-"least two situations where having a boot floppy is critical:\n"
-"\n"
-" * when installing the bootloader, DrakX will rewrite the boot sector (MBR)\n"
-"of your main disk (unless you are using another boot manager), to allow you\n"
-"to start up with either Windows or GNU/Linux (assuming you have Windows on\n"
-"your system). If at some point you need to reinstall Windows, the Microsoft\n"
-"install process will rewrite the boot sector and remove your ability to\n"
-"start GNU/Linux!\n"
-"\n"
-" * if a problem arises and you cannot start GNU/Linux from the hard disk,\n"
-"this floppy will be the only means of starting up GNU/Linux. It contains a\n"
-"fair number of system tools for restoring a system that has crashed due to\n"
-"a power failure, an unfortunate typing error, a forgotten root password, or\n"
-"any other reason.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you say \"Yes\", you will be asked to insert a disk in the drive. The\n"
-"floppy disk must be blank or have non-critical data on it - DrakX will\n"
-"format the floppy and will rewrite the whole disk."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous devez indiquer le répertoire où vous souhaitez enregistrer les\n"
-"informations nécessaires au démarrage sous GNU/Linux.\n"
-"\n"
-"A moins que vous ne maîtrisiez parfaitement les choix dans ce domaine, nous\n"
-"vous conseillons de choisir « Premier secteur du disque (MBR) »."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
-"ready to use. Just click \"Next ->\" to reboot the system. The first thing\n"
-"you should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is\n"
-"the bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to\n"
-"start.\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"Advanced\" button (in Expert mode only) shows two more buttons to:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"generate auto-install floppy\": to create an installation floppy disk\n"
-"that will automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an\n"
-"operator, similar to the installation you just configured.\n"
-"\n"
-"   Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"Replay\". This is a partially automated installation. The\n"
-"partitioning step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"Automated\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is\n"
-"completely rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
-"\n"
-"   This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.\n"
-"See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Save packages selection\"(*): saves a list of the package selected in\n"
-"this installation. To use this selection with another installation, insert\n"
-"the floppy and start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key\n"
-"and type >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\" <<.\n"
-"\n"
-"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
-"\"mformat a:\")"
-msgstr ""
-"Votre installation de Mandrake Linux est maintenant terminée et votre\n"
-"système est prêt à être utilisé. Cliquez sur « OK » pour redémarrer votre\n"
-"système. Vous aurez alors le choix de démarrer GNU/Linux ou Windows (s'il\n"
-"est présent).\n"
-"\n"
-"Le bouton « Avancée » (en mode Expert uniquement) permet deux autres\n"
-"options :\n"
-"\n"
-" * « Générer une disquette d'auto-install »: Pour créer une disquette\n"
-"d'installation qui permettra de reproduire l'installation que vous venez de\n"
-"réaliser sans l'aide d'un administrateur.\n"
-"\n"
-"   Notez que les deux options suivantes apparaissent après avoir cliqué sur\n"
-"le bouton :\n"
-"\n"
-"    * « Replay ». C'est une installation partiellement automatique où il\n"
-"est possible de personnaliser le partitionnement du disque (exclusivement).\n"
-"\n"
-"    * « Automatique ». Complètement automatique, cette installation\n"
-"reformate le disque au complet.\n"
-"\n"
-"   Cette fonctionnalité est particulièrement pratique pour l'installation\n"
-"de multiples systèmes. Voir la sectionAuto install de notre site Web.\n"
-"\n"
-" * « Sauvegarder les paquetages sélectionnés » (*) sauve la sélection des\n"
-"paquetages installés. Puis, lorsque vous ferez une autre installation,\n"
-"insérez la disquette dans le lecteur et accédez au menu d'aide en tapant\n"
-"[f1], et entrez la commande suivante : « linux defcfg=\"floppy\" ».\n"
-"\n"
-"(*) Vous avez besoin d'une disquette formatée avec FAT (pour la créer sous\n"
-"Linux, tapez « mformat a: »)"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
-"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
-"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
-"\n"
-"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX will ask you if you have\n"
-"a PCI SCSI installed. Clicking \" Yes\" will display a list of SCSI cards\n"
-"to choose from. Click \"No\" if you know that you have no SCSI hardware in\n"
-"your machine. If you're not sure, you can check the list of hardware\n"
-"detected in your machine by selecting \"See hardware info \" and clicking\n"
-"the \"Next ->\". Examine the list of hardware and then click on the \"Next\n"
-"->\" button to return to the SCSI interface question.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
-"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
-"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
-"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
-"issues.\n"
-"\n"
-"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
-"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
-"configure the driver."
-msgstr ""
-"DrakX détecte maintenant tous les périphériques IDE présents sur votre\n"
-"système. DrakX recherchera aussi les périphériques SCSI. Finalement, selon\n"
-"les composantes détectées, DrakX installera tous les pilotes nécessaires à\n"
-"son fonctionnement.\n"
-"\n"
-"Compte tenu de la vaste gamme de périphériques disponibles sur le marché,\n"
-"dans certains cas la détection de matériel ne fonctionnera pas. DrakX vous\n"
-"demandera alors de confirmer si des composantes SCSI sont présentes sur\n"
-"votre système. Cliquez sur « Oui » si vous êtes certain d'avoir un\n"
-"périphérique SCSI sur votre système. DrakX vous présentera alors une liste\n"
-"de carte SCSI disponibles. Sélectionnez la vôtre. Vous devez évidemment\n"
-"cliquer sur « Non », si vous n'en avez pas. Si vous n'êtes pas certain,\n"
-"cliquez sur « Voir les informations sur le matériel », puis sur « OK ».\n"
-"Vérifiez la liste du matériel, puis cliquez sur « OK » pour retourner à la\n"
-"question concernant les périphériques SCSI.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si vous devez configurer votre carte SCSI manuellement, DrakX vous\n"
-"demandera si vous souhaitez spécifier à la main les options du\n"
-"périphérique. Laissez en fait DrakX chercher automatiquement les options\n"
-"nécessaires à la configuration de votre carte, cela fonctionne\n"
-"généralement.\n"
-"\n"
-"Il peut arriver que DrakX soit incapable de vérifier les options\n"
-"nécessaires. Dans ce cas, vous devrez les déterminer manuellement."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems,\n"
-"alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n"
-"\n"
-"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n"
-"partition.\n"
-"\n"
-"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n"
-"select this boot option.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Image: this would be the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux\n"
-"or a variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is often used to\n"
-"assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button\n"
-"emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n"
-"The following are some examples:\n"
-"\n"
-"         video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"hda=autotune\n"
-"\n"
-"         video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n"
-"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n"
-"boot situation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4096 Kbytes. If you\n"
-"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used to specify a\n"
-"ramdisk larger than the default.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially mounted as\n"
-"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ``live''.\n"
-"You can override the default with this option.\n"
-"\n"
-" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n"
-"problematic, you can select this option to boot in ``novideo'' mode, with\n"
-"native frame buffer support.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n"
-"selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n"
-"highlighted with a ``*'' if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections."
-msgstr ""
-"You can add additional entries for yaboot, either for other operating\n"
-"systems, alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n"
-"\n"
-"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the « root »\n"
-"partition.\n"
-"\n"
-"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Label: this is simply the name you will have to type at the yaboot\n"
-"prompt to select this boot option;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Image: this would be the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux\n"
-"or a variation of vmlinux with an extension;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Root: the « root » device or « / » for your Linux installation;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is used quite often\n"
-"to assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse\n"
-"button emulation for the often lacking 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock\n"
-"Apple mouse. The following are some examples:\n"
-"\n"
-"         video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"hda=autotune\n"
-"\n"
-"         video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules, before\n"
-"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n"
-"boot situation;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4,096 bytes. If you\n"
-"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Read-write: normally the « root » partition is initially brought up in\n"
-"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes « live ».\n"
-"Here, you can override this option;\n"
-"\n"
-" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n"
-"problematic, you can select this option to boot in « novideo » mode, with\n"
-"native frame buffer support;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n"
-"selectable by just pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will\n"
-"also be highlighted with a « * », if you press [Tab] to see the boot\n"
-"selections."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
-"installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
-"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or from another\n"
-"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
-"partitions must be defined.\n"
-"\n"
-"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
-"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
-"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
-"\n"
-"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Clear all\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard\n"
-"drive\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Auto allocate\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3\n"
-"and swap partitions in free space of your hard drive\n"
-"\n"
-"\"More\": gives access to additional features:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Save partition table\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful\n"
-"for later partition-table recovery, if necessary. It is strongly\n"
-"recommended that you perform this step.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Restore partition table\": allows you to restore a previously saved\n"
-"partition table from a floppy disk.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Rescue partition table\": if your partition table is damaged, you can\n"
-"try to recover it using this option. Please be careful and remember that it\n"
-"doesn't always work.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Reload partition table\": discards all changes and reloads the\n"
-"partition table that was originally on the hard drive.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Removable media automounting\": unchecking this option will force\n"
-"users to manually mount and unmount removable medias such as floppies and\n"
-"CD-ROMs.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Wizard\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition\n"
-"your hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good\n"
-"understanding of partitioning.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Undo\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Toggle to normal/expert mode\": allows additional actions on\n"
-"partitions (type, options, format) and gives more information about the\n"
-"hard drive.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Done\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
-"save your changes back to disk.\n"
-"\n"
-"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
-"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
-"\n"
-"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
-"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
-"\n"
-"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
-"\n"
-"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
-"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
-msgstr ""
-"À cette étape, vous devez sélectionner quelle partition sera utilisée pour\n"
-"votre système Mandrake Linux. Si votre disque est déjà partitionné, soit\n"
-"par une autre installation GNU/Linux ou par un autre outil de\n"
-"partitionnement, vous pourrez les utiliser. Sinon, les partitions devront\n"
-"être créées.\n"
-"\n"
-"Pour créer une partition, vous devez d'abord sélectionner le disque à\n"
-"utiliser. Vous pouvez le sélectionner en cliquant sur « hda » pour le\n"
-"premier disque IDE, « hdb », pour le second, « sda » pour le premier disque\n"
-"SCSI, et ainsi de suite.\n"
-"\n"
-"Pour partitionner, le disque dur sélectionné, vous pouvez utiliser les\n"
-"options suivantes :\n"
-"\n"
-" * « Tout effacer »: cette option effacera toutes les partitions sur le\n"
-"disque sélectionné;\n"
-"\n"
-" * « Attribution Automatique »: cette option permet de créer un système de\n"
-"ficher ext3 et « Swap » dans l'espace libre sur votre disque;\n"
-"\n"
-" * « Plus d'options »: permet d'accéder à des fonctionnalités\n"
-"additionnelles :\n"
-"\n"
-"    * « Sauvegarder la table de partition »: sauve la table de partition\n"
-"sur un disque amovibles. Cette option s'avère particulièrement pratique\n"
-"pour réparer des partitions endommagées. Il est fortement recommandé de\n"
-"procéder ainsi;\n"
-"\n"
-"    * « Restaurer la table de partition »: permet de restaurer une table de\n"
-"partition sauvée au préalable sur une disquette.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * « Récupérer une partition »: si votre table de partition est\n"
-"endommagée, vous pouvez essayer de la récupérer avec ces options. Soyez\n"
-"prudent et sachez que cela ne fonctionne pas à coup sûr.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * « Recharger la table de partition »: écarte les changements et charge\n"
-"la table de partition initiale;\n"
-"\n"
-"    * « Chargement automatique des médias amovibles »: en cochant cette\n"
-"case, les cdrom et disquettes (et autres support) seront chargés\n"
-"automatiquement.\n"
-"\n"
-" * « Assistant »: utilisez cette option si vous souhaitez utiliser un\n"
-"assistant pour partitionner votre disque. Cette option est particulièrement\n"
-"recommandée si vous faites vos premiers pas avec les partitions.\n"
-"\n"
-" * « Défaire »: utilisez cette option pour annuler vos changements;\n"
-"\n"
-" * «  Changez de mode normal/expert »: permet des actions additionnelles\n"
-"sur les partitions (type, options, format) et donne plus d'informations;\n"
-"\n"
-" * « Terminer »: une fois le partitionnement terminé, ce bouton vous\n"
-"permettra de sauvegarder vos changements sur le disque.\n"
-"\n"
-"Note: vous pouvez atteindre toutes les options en utilisant le clavier.\n"
-"Naviguer avec les flèches et [Tab].\n"
-"\n"
-"Une fois la partition sélectionnée, vous pouvez utiliser :\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl-c pour créer un nouvelle partition (lorsqu'une partition vide est\n"
-"sélectionnée;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl-d pour effacer une partition;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl-m pour définir le « mount point »\n"
-"\n"
-"Pour obtenir plus d'information sur les systèmes de fichiers, veuillez lire\n"
-"sur le système de fichier ext2FS dans « Manuel de référence ».\n"
-"\n"
-"Si vous installez sur un poste PPC, vous devrez créer une petite partition\n"
-"HFS « bootstrap » d'au moins 1 Mo qui sera utilisée par le chargeur de\n"
-"démarrage (« bootloader ») yaboot. Si vous optez pour une partition plus\n"
-"grande, disons 50Mo, vous trouverez utile d'y placer des noyaux et des\n"
-"images « ramdisk » accessibles en cas de problème."
-
+"Comme les effets du partitionage sont irréversibles (l'ensemble du disque\n
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot
index 1257b489e..b4396da1b 100644
--- a/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot
+++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot
@@ -146,1772 +146,4 @@ msgstr ""
 "sistema operativo esistente sta usando tutto lo spazio disponibile, allora\n"
 "dovrete partizionarlo. In breve, partizionare un disco rigido consiste nel\n"
 "suddividerlo logicamente in maniera da creare lo spazio sufficiente per\n"
-"installare il vostro nuovo sistema operativo Mandrake Linux.\n"
-"\n"
-"Dato che gli effetti del partizionamento sono di solito irreversibili,\n"
-"questa operazione può intimidire e rivelarsi stressante per un utente\n"
-"inesperto. Fortunatamente, avete a vostra disposizione un assistente che\n"
-"semplifica questo passo. Prima di iniziare leggete attentamente il manuale,\n"
-"e prendete tutto il tempo che vi serve.\n"
-"\n"
-"Se state effettuando l'installazione in modalità Esperto, verrà lanciato\n"
-"DiskDrake, il programma di partizionamento di Mandrake Linux, che vi\n"
-"permetterà di impostare accuratamente le vostre partizioni. Consultate il\n"
-"capitolo relativo a DiskDrake nella ''Guida introduttiva''. Dal programma\n"
-"di installazione potete richiamare gli assistenti descritti qui di seguito\n"
-"cliccando sul pulsante \"Assistente\" (ingl. ''Wizard'').\n"
-"\n"
-"Se le partizioni sono già state definite (per una precedente installazione,\n"
-"o da un'altra utilità di partizionamento), dovrete solo scegliere quelle da\n"
-"usare per installare il vostro sistema Linux.\n"
-"\n"
-"Se le partizioni non sono ancora state definite, dovete crearle usando\n"
-"l'assistente. In base alla configurazione del vostro disco rigido, saranno\n"
-"disponibili diverse soluzioni:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Usa spazio disponibile\": questa opzione causerà un partizionamento\n"
-"automatico del vostro disco rigido (o dischi, se ne avete più di uno). Non\n"
-"vi verrà posta nessun'altra domanda.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Usa partizioni esistenti\": l'assistente ha trovato una o più\n"
-"partizioni Linux sul vostro disco rigido. Se desiderate usarle scegliete\n"
-"questa opzione. Vi verrà chiesto di scegliere il punto di mount associato a\n"
-"ciascuna partizione. Come opzione predefinita verranno mantenuti i punti di\n"
-"mount precedenti e, in genere, è buona norma non modificarli.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Usa lo spazio libero nella partizione Windows\": se Microsoft Windows\n"
-"è installato sul vostro disco rigido e occupa tutto lo spazio disponibile,\n"
-"dovrete creare spazio libero per i dati relativi a Linux. Per farlo potete\n"
-"cancellare la vostra partizione Microsoft Windows e i dati che contiene\n"
-"(usando le soluzioni \"Cancella l'intero disco\" o \"Modo Esperto\"),\n"
-"oppure ridimensionarla. Il ridimensionamento può essere effettuato evitando\n"
-"la perdita di dati a patto che prima di procedere la partizione Windows sia\n"
-"stata deframmentata. Vi raccomandiamo anche di fare un backup dei vostri\n"
-"dati. Questa è la soluzione consigliata se desiderate usare sia Mandrake\n"
-"Linux sia Microsoft Windows sullo stesso computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"   Prima di scegliere questa opzione, tenete presente che la dimensione\n"
-"della partizione su cui risiede Microsoft Windows sarà ridotta rispetto a\n"
-"quella attuale. Ciò significa che avrete meno spazio libero per archiviare\n"
-"i vostri dati o installare nuovo software su Windows.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Cancella l'intero disco\": se desiderate cancellare tutti i dati e\n"
-"tutte le partizioni presenti sul vostro disco rigido e rimpiazzarli con il\n"
-"vostro nuovo sistema Mandrake Linux, potete selezionare questa opzione.\n"
-"Fate attenzione nello scegliere questa soluzione, dopo la conferma non\n"
-"potrete più tornare indietro.\n"
-"\n"
-"   !! Se scegliete questa opzione, tutti i dati sul vostro disco andranno\n"
-"persi. !!\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Cancella Windows\": l'effetto di questa opzione sarà di cancellare\n"
-"tutto quello che si trova sul disco e di ricominciare da capo, creando le\n"
-"partizioni su un disco vuoto. Tutti i dati presenti sul vostro disco\n"
-"andranno persi.\n"
-"\n"
-"   !! Se scegliete questa opzione, tutti i dati sul vostro disco andranno\n"
-"persi. !!\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Modo Esperto\": se volete partizionare manualmente il vostro disco\n"
-"rigido potete scegliere questa opzione. Fate attenzione prima di optare per\n"
-"questa soluzione: è potente, ma molto pericolosa. Potreste facilmente\n"
-"causare la perdita di tutti i vostri dati. Quindi, non sceglietela se non\n"
-"sapete cosa state facendo. Per ulteriori informazioni riguardo il\n"
-"funzionamento di DiskDrake, consultate la sezione ''Gestione delle\n"
-"partizioni'' della ''''Guida introduttiva''''."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on it will be lost\n"
-"and will not be recoverable!"
-msgstr ""
-"Scegliete il disco rigido che volete cancellare per poter installare la\n"
-"nuova partizione per Mandrake Linux. Attenzione! tutti i dati presenti\n"
-"andranno perduti e non saranno più recuperabili!"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user can have their own\n"
-"preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n"
-"to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", which is the\n"
-"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be\n"
-"authorized to change anything except their own files and their own\n"
-"configuration, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n"
-"changes that impact the system as a whole. You will have to create at least\n"
-"one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use\n"
-"for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as \"root\"\n"
-"to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A mistake\n"
-"could mean that your system would not work any more. If you make a serious\n"
-"mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is that you will lose\n"
-"some information, but not affect the entire system.\n"
-"\n"
-"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
-"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
-"you typed in and copy it to the \"User name\" field, which is the name this\n"
-"user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override the\n"
-"default and change the username. The next step is to enter a password. From\n"
-"a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is not\n"
-"as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect it by\n"
-"making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones at\n"
-"risk.\n"
-"\n"
-"Once you click on \"Accept user\", you can add other users. Add a user for\n"
-"each one of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click\n"
-"\"Next ->\" when you have finished adding users.\n"
-"\n"
-"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\"\n"
-"for that user (bash by default).\n"
-"\n"
-"When you are finished adding all users, you will be asked to choose a user\n"
-"that can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
-"you are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
-"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"Next\n"
-"->\". If you are not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"Do you want\n"
-"to use this feature?\" box."
-msgstr ""
-"GNU/Linux è un sistema operativo multiutente, ciò significa che ciascun\n"
-"utente può disporre di una configurazione personalizzata, di uno spazio per\n"
-"i propri file, e così via; consultate la ''Guida introduttiva'' per saperne\n"
-"di più. Ma, a differenza di \"root\", che è l'amministratore del sistema,\n"
-"gli utenti che aggiungerete adesso non avranno il diritto di cambiare\n"
-"nulla, se non i propri file e la propria configurazione. Dovrete crearne\n"
-"almeno uno per voi stessi, da utilizzare per l'uso quotidiano: per quanto\n"
-"molto comodo, entrare nel sistema come \"root\" tutti i giorni potrebbe\n"
-"essere molto pericoloso! Anche un banale errore potrebbe significare un\n"
-"sistema non più in grado di funzionare correttamente. Se, invece,\n"
-"commettete un errore, anche grave, in qualità di utente normale, potreste\n"
-"perdere parte dei vostri dati, ma non compromettere l'intero sistema.\n"
-"\n"
-"Prima di tutto, inserite il vostro nome reale. Naturalmente questo non è\n"
-"obbligatorio: potete digitare quello che volete. Fatto questo, DrakX\n"
-"prenderà la prima parola che avete inserito nel campo di testo e la copierà\n"
-"alla voce \"Nome utente\". Questo è il nome che l'utente dovrà usare per\n"
-"accedere al sistema, ma potete cambiarlo. Poi digitate una password per\n"
-"questo utente. La password di un utente non privilegiato dal punto di vista\n"
-"della sicurezza non è cruciale come quella di \"root\", ovviamente, ma non\n"
-"c'è motivo di essere frettolosi: dopo tutto, si tratta dei vostri file.\n"
-"\n"
-"Se cliccate su \"Accetta utente\", potrete poi aggiungerne un altro, e\n"
-"altri ancora, a vostra discrezione. Aggiungete un utente per ciascuno dei\n"
-"vostri amici, oppure per vostro padre e vostro fratello, ad esempio. Dopo\n"
-"aver aggiunto tutti gli utenti che volete, selezionate \"Fatto\".\n"
-"\n"
-"Cliccando sul pulsante \"Avanzato\" potrete cambiare la \"shell\" per\n"
-"quell'utente (quella predefinita è bash).\n"
-"\n"
-"Quando avrete finito di aggiungere utenti al sistema, vi verrà proposto di\n"
-"sceglierne uno per effettuare un login automatico ogni volta che il\n"
-"computer ha terminato la fase di boot. Se questa caratteristica vi\n"
-"interessa (e non tenete particolarmente alla sicurezza locale), scegliete\n"
-"l'utente desiderato e l'ambiente grafico che preferite, poi cliccate su\n"
-"\"Sì\". Se la cosa non vi interessa, cliccate su \"No\"."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Finally, you will be asked whether you want to see the graphical interface\n"
-"at boot. Note this question will be asked even if you chose not to test the\n"
-"configuration. Obviously, you want to answer \"No\" if your machine is to\n"
-"act as a server, or if you were not successful in getting the display\n"
-"configured."
-msgstr ""
-"Per finire, vi verrà chiesto se desiderate avviare automaticamente\n"
-"l'interfaccia grafica subito dopo il boot. Si noti che tale domanda verrà\n"
-"fatta anche se avete deciso di non provare la vostra configurazione di X.\n"
-"Ovviamente è opportuno rispondere \"No\" nel caso in cui la vostra macchina\n"
-"svolga le funzioni di server, oppure se non siete riuscite a configurare il\n"
-"server grafico."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n"
-"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n"
-"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n"
-"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct\n"
-"parameters.\n"
-"\n"
-"Yaboot's main options are:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n"
-"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n"
-"to hold this information.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n"
-"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n"
-"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n"
-"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second before your\n"
-"default kernel description is selected;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n"
-"at the first boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n"
-"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n"
-"Firmware Delay expires."
-msgstr ""
-"Yaboot is a boot loader for NewWorld MacIntosh hardware. It is able to boot\n"
-"either GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX if present on your computer. Normally,\n"
-"these other operating systems are correctly detected and installed. If this\n"
-"is not the case, you can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful as\n"
-"to choose the correct parameters.\n"
-"\n"
-"Yaboot's main options are:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Init Message: a simple text message that is displayed before the boot\n"
-"prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Boot Device: indicate where you want to place the information required\n"
-"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you setup a bootstrap partition earlier to\n"
-"hold this information.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n"
-"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n"
-"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n"
-"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second before your\n"
-"default kernel description is selected.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose \"C\" for CD\n"
-"at the first boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose \"N\" for\n"
-"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n"
-"Firmware Delay expires."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n"
-"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
-"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n"
-"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n"
-"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use. Refer to the \"msec\"\n"
-"chapter of the ``Command Line Manual'' to get more information about the\n"
-"meaning of these levels.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option."
-msgstr ""
-"Ora è il momento di scegliere il livello di sicurezza desiderato per il\n"
-"vostro sistema. Come regola generale, quanto più esposta è la macchina e\n"
-"quanto più sono importanti i dati che contiene, tanto più alto dovrebbe\n"
-"essere il livello di sicurezza. Tenete presente, tuttavia, che un livello\n"
-"di sicurezza molto alto in genere viene ottenuto a spese della facilità\n"
-"d'uso. Per maggiori informazioni riguardo il significato di questi livelli\n"
-"potete consultare il capitolo \"msec\" del ''Manuale di Riferimento''.\n"
-"\n"
-"Se non sapete cosa scegliere, mantenete l'opzione predefinita."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
-"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
-msgstr ""
-"Scegliete la porta appropriata. La porta \"COM1\" sotto Windows, ad\n"
-"esempio, è chiamata \"ttyS0\" sotto GNU/Linux."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of various information it has\n"
-"about your system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some\n"
-"or all of the following entries:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Mouse\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
-"to change it if necessary.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Keyboard\": check the current keyboard map configuration and click on\n"
-"the button to change that if necessary.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Country\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
-"country, click on the button and choose another one.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Timezone\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the\n"
-"primary language you have chosen. But here, just as in your choice of a\n"
-"keyboard, you may not be in the country with which the chosen language\n"
-"should correspond. You may need to click on the \"Timezone\" button to\n"
-"configure the clock for the correct timezone.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Printer\": clicking on the \"No Printer\" button will open the printer\n"
-"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
-"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n"
-"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Bootloader\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration,\n"
-"click that button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Graphical Interface\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical\n"
-"interface in \"800x600\" resolution. If that does not suits you, click on\n"
-"the button to reconfigure your grapical interface.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Network\": If you want to configure your Internet or local network\n"
-"access now, you can by clicking on this button.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Sound card\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is\n"
-"displayed here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that\n"
-"is actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n"
-"another driver.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"TV card\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n"
-"here. If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on the button to\n"
-"try to configure it manually.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"ISDN card\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be\n"
-"displayed here. You can click on the button to change the parameters\n"
-"associated with the card."
-msgstr ""
-"Qui sono riportati vari parametri relativi al vostro sistema. In base\n"
-"all'hardware installato, potrebbero essere visualizzate le seguenti voci:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Mouse\": controllate la configurazione attuale del mouse, e cliccate\n"
-"sul pulsante per cambiarla, se necessario.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Tastiera\": controllate l'attuale impostazione della tastiera, e\n"
-"cliccate sul pulsante per cambiarla, se necessario.\n"
-"\n"
-" * DrakX, inizialmente \"Fuso orario\": il fuso orario è dedotto dalla\n"
-"lingua che avete scelto. Ma anche in questo caso, come per la tastiera,\n"
-"potreste non trovarvi nella nazione cui corrisponde la lingua che avete\n"
-"scelto; in tal caso sarà necessario cliccare su questo pulsante per\n"
-"configurare il fuso orario in base a quello dell'area geografica in cui\n"
-"vivete.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Stampante\": cliccando sul pulsante \"Nessuna stampante\" verrà\n"
-"lanciato l'assistente di configurazione della stampante. Consultate il\n"
-"relativo capitolo della ''Guida introduttiva'' per avere maggiori\n"
-"informazioni su come configurare una nuova stampante. L'interfaccia\n"
-"descritta in tale sede è simile a quella utilizzata nel corso\n"
-"dell'installazione.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Scheda audio\": se sul vostro sistema è stata individuata una scheda\n"
-"audio, verrà mostrata qui. Al momento dell'installazione non è possibile\n"
-"apportare alcuna modifica.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Scheda TV\": se sul vostro sistema è stata individuata una scheda TV,\n"
-"verrà mostrata qui. Se disponete di una scheda TV che non è stata\n"
-"individuata, cliccate sul pulsante per cercare di configurarla a mano.\n"
-"\n"
-" * se sul vostro sistema è stata \"Scheda ISDN\": individuata una scheda\n"
-"ISDN, verrà mostrata qui. Potete cliccare sul pulsante relativo per\n"
-"cambiarne i parametri."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"This step is activated only if an ols GNU/Linux partition has been found on\n"
-"your machine.\n"
-"\n"
-"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n"
-"of an existing Mandrake Linux system:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Install\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old\n"
-"system. If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or\n"
-"change the file system, you should use this option. However, depending on\n"
-"your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from\n"
-"being over- written.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Upgrade\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
-"currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. Your current\n"
-"partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other\n"
-"configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.\n"
-"\n"
-"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandrake Linux systems\n"
-"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior\n"
-"to Mandrake Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
-msgstr ""
-"A questo punto DrakX deve sapere se intendete effettuare un'installazione\n"
-"in modalità standard (\"Raccomandata\") o se preferite avere un maggior\n"
-"controllo su di essa (\"Esperto\"). Inoltre potete scegliere se effettuare\n"
-"una nuova installazione o un aggiornamento di un sistema Mandrake Linux\n"
-"esistente:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Installazione\" Cancella completamente il vecchio sistema. A seconda\n"
-"di come è strutturato il sistema preesistente, tuttavia, è possibile\n"
-"mantenere inalterate alcune delle vecchie partizioni (Linux e altre).\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Aggiornamento\" Questo tipo di installazione vi permette di effettuare\n"
-"un semplice aggiornamento dei pacchetti installati sul vostro sistema\n"
-"Mandrake Linux. Conserva tutte le partizioni attuali del disco rigido, come\n"
-"pure le configurazioni individuali degli utenti. Tutti gli altri passi\n"
-"relativi alla configurazione restano disponibili, come per una\n"
-"installazione da zero.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Solo aggiornamento pacchetti\" Questa nuova opzione vi permette di\n"
-"aggiornare un sistema Mandrake Linux esistente lasciando intatta la\n"
-"configurazione globale del sistema. È anche possibile aggiungere nuovi\n"
-"pacchetti all'installazione corrente.\n"
-"\n"
-"Gli aggiornamenti dovrebbero svolgersi senza difficoltà per sistemi\n"
-"Mandrake Linux a partire dalla versione \"8.1\".\n"
-"\n"
-"Scegliete una delle seguenti modalità di installazione, in base alla vostra\n"
-"conoscenza di GNU/Linux:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Raccomandata: se non avete mai installato il sistema operativo\n"
-"GNU/Linux, scegliete questa modalità. L'installazione sarà molto semplice e\n"
-"vi verranno poste solo poche domande;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Esperto: se avete abbastanza familiarità con GNU/Linux potete scegliere\n"
-"questa modalità, che vi permetterà di effettuare un'installazione altamente\n"
-"personalizzata. Rispondere ad alcune delle domande che vi verranno poste\n"
-"potrebbe presentare difficoltà se non avete una buona conoscenza di\n"
-"GNU/Linux, pertanto vi sconsigliamo di scegliere questa modalità se non\n"
-"disponete dell'esperienza necessaria.\n"
-"\n"
-"Questo manuale descrive in maniera esauriente la modalità d'installazione\n"
-"\"Esperto\". Se scegliete la modalità \"Raccomandata\", potete\n"
-"semplicemente ignorare i passi relativi alla sola modalità \"Esperto\"."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n"
-"packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n"
-"fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n"
-"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Choose\n"
-"\"Yes\" if you have a working Internet connection, or \"No\" if you prefer\n"
-"to install updated packages later.\n"
-"\n"
-"Choosing \"Yes\" displays a list of places from which updates can be\n"
-"retrieved. Choose the one nearest you. A package-selection tree will\n"
-"appear: review the selection, and press \"Install\" to retrieve and install\n"
-"the selected package( s), or \"Cancel\" to abort."
-msgstr ""
-"È molto probabile che, al momento in cui installate Mandrake Linux, alcuni\n"
-"pacchetti siano stati aggiornati rispetto alla versione iniziale. Potrebbe\n"
-"trattarsi di un ''bug fix'', o della soluzione di problemi relativi alla\n"
-"sicurezza. Per permettervi di beneficiare di questi aggiornamenti vi verrà\n"
-"proposto di scaricare la nuova versione dei pacchetti usando Internet.\n"
-"Scegliete \"Sì\" se potete contare su una connessione a Internet\n"
-"funzionante, oppure \"No\" se preferite installare i pacchetti aggiornati\n"
-"in un secondo momento.\n"
-"\n"
-"Se scegliete \"Sì\" comparirà una lista di siti da cui è possibile\n"
-"scaricare i pacchetti aggiornati. Selezionate quello più vicino a voi. A\n"
-"questo punto comparirà una finestra di selezione pacchetti: controllate la\n"
-"lista e cliccate su \"Installa\" per scaricare e installare i pacchetti, o\n"
-"su \"Annulla\" per annullare l'operazione."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"This dialog allows to finely tune your bootloader:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Bootloader to use\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"GRUB\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"LILO with text menu\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu\n"
-"interface.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"LILO with graphical menu\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical\n"
-"interface.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Boot device\": in most cases, you will not change the default\n"
-"(\"/dev/hda\"), but if you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the\n"
-"second hard drive (\"/dev/hdb\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"/dev/fd0\");\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Delay before booting the default image\": after a boot or a reboot of\n"
-"the computer, this is the delay given to the user at the console to select\n"
-"a boot entry other than the default.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n"
-"\"Skip\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n"
-"system! Be sure you know what you do before changing any of the options. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options\n"
-"that are reserved for the expert user."
-msgstr ""
-"LILO e grub sono due ''bootloader'' di GNU/Linux. Un bootloader è un\n"
-"programma per l'avvio di uno o più sistemi operativi. Questa fase, in\n"
-"genere, è del tutto automatica; DrakX, infatti, analizza il settore di boot\n"
-"del disco, e si comporta in base a quello che vi trova:\n"
-"\n"
-" * se trova un settore di boot di Windows, lo rimpiazza con un settore di\n"
-"boot di grub o LILO, in modo da permettervi di lanciare GNU/Linux o un\n"
-"altro OS;\n"
-"\n"
-" * se trova un settore di boot di grub o LILO, lo sostituisce con uno\n"
-"nuovo.\n"
-"\n"
-"In caso di dubbio, DrakX mostrerà una finestra di dialogo con varie\n"
-"opzioni:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Bootloader da usare\": avete tre scelte a disposizione:\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"GRUB\": se preferite grub (menu in modo testo);\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"LILO con menu grafico\": se preferite LILO con la sua interfaccia\n"
-"grafica;\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"LILO con menu in modo testo\": se preferite LILO nella sua versione\n"
-"con menu in modo testo.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Dispositivo di boot\": nella maggior parte dei casi non sarà\n"
-"necessario cambiare le impostazioni predefinite (\"/dev/hda\"), ma, se lo\n"
-"preferite, il bootloader può essere installato sul secondo disco rigido\n"
-"(\"/dev/hdb\"), o persino su un floppy (\"/dev/fd0\");\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Ritardo prima di avviare con l'immagine predefinita\": è il tempo\n"
-"lasciato all'utente per scegliere una voce diversa da quella predefinita\n"
-"nel menu del bootloader.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! Prestate particolare attenzione al fatto che, se scegliete di non\n"
-"installare un bootloader (scegliendo \"Annulla\" nella finestra di cui\n"
-"sopra), dovete essere sicuri di poter avviare il vostro sistema Mandrake\n"
-"Linux in altro modo! Accertatevi anche di sapere quello che fate se\n"
-"modificate qualcuna delle opzioni. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"Cliccando sul pulsante \"Avanzato\" di questa finestra avrete la\n"
-"possibilità di scegliere tra molte opzioni avanzate, riservate agli utenti\n"
-"esperti."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
-"Please choose the one you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n"
-"\n"
-"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
-"\"Capacity\".\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
-"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
-"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
-"hard drives:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
-"\n"
-"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
-"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
-"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
-msgstr ""
-"Sul vostro disco rigido è stata individuata più di una partizione Microsoft\n"
-"Windows. Scegliete quella che deve essere ridimensionata in modo da poter\n"
-"installare il vostro nuovo sistema operativo Mandrake Linux.\n"
-"\n"
-"Le partizioni sono elencate come segue: \"nome Linux\", \"nome Windows\"\n"
-"\"Capacità\".\n"
-"\n"
-"Il \"nome Linux\" è strutturato in: \"tipo di disco rigido\", \"numero del\n"
-"disco\", \"numero della partizione\" (ad esempio, \"hda1\").\n"
-"\n"
-"Il \"tipo di disco rigido\" è \"hd\" se il vostro disco è di tipo IDE, e\n"
-"\"sd\" se, invece, è un disco SCSI.\n"
-"\n"
-"Il \"numero del disco\" è sempre una lettera che segue \"hd\" o \"sd\". Per\n"
-"i dischi IDE:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"a\" significa \"disco rigido master sul controller IDE primario\",\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"b\" significa \"disco rigido slave sul controller IDE primario\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"c\" significa \"disco rigido master sul controller IDE secondario\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"d\" significa \"disco rigido slave sul controller IDE secondario\".\n"
-"\n"
-"Per i dischi rigidi di tipo SCSI, invece, una \"a\" significa \"ID SCSI più\n"
-"basso\", una \"b\" significa \"ID SCSI immediatamente successivo ad a\",\n"
-"etc.\n"
-"\n"
-"Il \"nome Windows\" è la lettera che corrisponde al vostro disco rigido\n"
-"sotto Windows (il primo disco o partizione è chiamato \"C:\")."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n"
-"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing systems\n"
-"is best for a particular type of configuration.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"pdq\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n"
-"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
-"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"pdq\n"
-"\" will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when\n"
-"used with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq \" if this is your\n"
-"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"CUPS\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n"
-"printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n"
-"simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n"
-"\"lpd \" printing system, so it compatible with older operating systems\n"
-"that may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n"
-"is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make\n"
-"sure to turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"CUPS\" includes graphical\n"
-"front-ends for printing or choosing printer options and for managing the\n"
-"printer.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you make a choice now, and later find that you don't like your printing\n"
-"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control\n"
-"Center and clicking the expert button."
-msgstr ""
-"Qui potrete scegliere il sistema di stampa da usare con questo computer.\n"
-"Anche altri sistemi operativi possono offrirvene uno, ma Mandrake Linux ve\n"
-"ne offre ben tre.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"pdq\" - che sta per ''print, don't queue'' (''stampa, non mettere in\n"
-"coda''), è una buona scelta se avete una connessione diretta con la\n"
-"stampante e volete essere in grado di risolvere rapidamente eventuali\n"
-"problemi di inceppamento della carta, e inoltre non disponete di altre\n"
-"stampanti connesse via rete. Può infatti gestire solo configurazioni di\n"
-"rete molto semplici ed è comunque piuttosto lento in caso di stampa in\n"
-"rete. Scegliete \"pdq\" se questa è la vostra prima volta con GNU/Linux.\n"
-"Potrete sempre cambiare la scelta dopo aver terminato l'installazione\n"
-"lanciando PrinterDrake dal Centro di controllo Mandrake e cliccando sul\n"
-"pulsante Esperto.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"CUPS\" - ''Common Unix Printing System'' (''Sistema di stampa\n"
-"unificato per Unix''), offre risultati eccellenti sia che dobbiate stampare\n"
-"sulla vostra stampante locale, sia nel caso che la stampa debba essere\n"
-"effettuata sull'altra faccia del pianeta. È semplice da usare e può agire\n"
-"come server o client per il vecchio sistema di stampa \"lpd\". E' infatti\n"
-"compatibile con i sistemi precedenti. Questo sistema ha molte frecce al suo\n"
-"arco, ma nonostante ciò la configurazione di base è quasi altrettanto\n"
-"semplice di quella per \"pdq\". Se avete bisogno di emulare un server\n"
-"\"lpd\" dovete attivare il demone \"cups-lpd\". Dispone poi di interfaccia\n"
-"grafica per la stampa e per la configurazione delle opzioni della\n"
-"stampante.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"lprNG\" - ''line printer daemon New Generation'' (''demone di stampa\n"
-"di nuova generazione''. Questo sistema è approssimativamente equivalente\n"
-"agli altri, ma è anche in grado di stampare su dispositivi collegati per\n"
-"mezzo di una rete Novell, dato che supporta il protocollo IPX, e può\n"
-"stampare direttamente per messo di comandi shell. Se avete bisogno di una\n"
-"connessione di tipo Novell, o di stampare senza fare uso di pipe,\n"
-"utilizzate lprNG. In caso contrario, è preferibile usare CUPS dato che è\n"
-"più semplice e migliore nel gestire stampanti di rete."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
-"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
-"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
-"two-button mouse can be ``pressed'' by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
-"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
-"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
-"\n"
-"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
-"from the provided list.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n"
-"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
-"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
-"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to\n"
-"go back to the list of choices.\n"
-"\n"
-"Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
-"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
-"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
-"pressing the \"Next ->\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen.\n"
-"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you\n"
-"see the on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test\n"
-"the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move\n"
-"your mouse."
-msgstr ""
-"In genere DrakX individua automaticamente il numero di pulsanti presenti\n"
-"sul vostro mouse, in caso contrario conclude che il vostro è un mouse a due\n"
-"tasti e lo imposta in modo da emulare il terzo tasto. DrakX, inoltre,\n"
-"riconosce automaticamente se si tratta di un mouse PS/2, seriale o USB.\n"
-"\n"
-"Se volete specificare un diverso tipo di mouse, scegliete il vostro modello\n"
-"dall'elenco che vi viene proposto.\n"
-"\n"
-"Se scegliete un mouse diverso dal tipo suggerito vi verrà mostrata una\n"
-"finestra dove potrete provarlo. Provate sia i pulsanti che l'eventuale\n"
-"rotellina per controllare che la configurazione sia corretta. Se il mouse\n"
-"non funziona correttamente, premete la barra spaziatrice o il tasto [Invio]\n"
-"per attivare il pulsante \"Annulla\" ed effettuare una nuova scelta.\n"
-"\n"
-"Talvolta i mouse con rotellina centrale potrebbero non essere individuati\n"
-"automaticamente. In tal caso, dovrete selezionarli personalmente usando la\n"
-"lista. Assicuratevi di indicare correttamente la porta alla quale il mouse\n"
-"è collegato. Premete il pulsante \"OK\", e comparirà l'immagine di un\n"
-"mouse. Fate scorrere la rotellina per attivarla correttamente, quindi\n"
-"provate i pulsanti e spostate il mouse in modo da accertarvi che tutto sia\n"
-"a posto."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n"
-"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"Next\n"
-"->\". Mandrake Linux will attempt to autodetect network devices and modems.\n"
-"If this detection fails, uncheck the \"Use auto detection\" box. You may\n"
-"also choose not to configure the network, or to do it later, in which case\n"
-"clicking the \"Cancel\" button will take you to the next step.\n"
-"\n"
-"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n"
-"traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection, cable modem, and finally a\n"
-"simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n"
-"\n"
-"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n"
-"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n"
-"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n"
-"\n"
-"You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n"
-"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n"
-"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection."
-msgstr ""
-"Se desiderate connettere il vostro computer a Internet o a una rete locale,\n"
-"assicuratevi di scegliere l'opzione corretta. Accendete la periferica che\n"
-"dovrete usare per connettervi prima di scegliere l'opzione adeguata, per\n"
-"permettere a DrakX di individuarla automaticamente.\n"
-"\n"
-"Mandrake Linux vi permette di configurare la vostra connessione a Internet\n"
-"durante il processo di installazione. Le connessioni disponibili sono:\n"
-"modem tradizionale, modem ISDN, connessione ADSL, cable modem, e infine una\n"
-"semplice connessione a una LAN (Ethernet).\n"
-"\n"
-"Non possiamo descrivere in dettaglio le caratteristiche di ogni\n"
-"configurazione. In ogni caso, accertatevi di avere a portata di mano tutti\n"
-"i parametri indicati dal vostro fornitore di servizi internet o dal vostro\n"
-"amministratore di sistema.\n"
-"\n"
-"Per maggiori dettagli riguardo la configurazione della connessione a\n"
-"Internet potete consultare il relativo capitolo della ''Guida\n"
-"introduttiva''; in alternativa, potete attendere di aver portato a termine\n"
-"l'installazione e usare poi il programma descritto in tale capitolo per\n"
-"configurare la connessione."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
-"covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n"
-"terms in it, check the \"Accept\" box. If not, simply turn off your\n"
-"computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Prima di proseguire dovreste leggere con attenzione le condizioni d'uso;\n"
-"queste riguardano l'intera distribuzione Mandrake Linux, e se non siete\n"
-"d'accordo con qualche punto della licenza cliccate sul pulsante\n"
-"\"Rifiuta\": la procedura di installazione sarà immediatamente interrotta.\n"
-"Per proseguire con l'installazione, invece, cliccate sul pulsante\n"
-"\"Accetta\"."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"This step is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot time.\n"
-"\n"
-"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n"
-"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not always needed at\n"
-"boot time.\n"
-"\n"
-"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
-"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
-"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
-"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n"
-"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n"
-"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n"
-"!!"
-msgstr ""
-"A questo punto potete scegliere i servizi da lanciare automaticamente\n"
-"all'avvio del sistema.\n"
-"\n"
-"Qui sono elencati tutti i servizi disponibili con l'installazione attuale.\n"
-"Esaminateli attentamente e disabilitate quelli che non sono sempre\n"
-"necessari all'avvio.\n"
-"\n"
-"Selezionando un servizio comparirà un breve testo di aiuto che ne spiega le\n"
-"caratteristiche. Se non siete realmente sicuri dell'utilità o meno di un\n"
-"servizio, è più prudente non modificare le impostazioni predefinite.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! In questa fase dell'installazione dovete fare le vostre scelte con\n"
-"particolare attenzione nel caso intendiate usare il vostro computer come\n"
-"server: probabilmente non volete che siano abilitati servizi di cui non\n"
-"avete bisogno. Ricordate che numerosi servizi sono potenzialmente\n"
-"pericolosi se attivi su un server. Come regola generale, selezionate\n"
-"soltanto quelli di cui avete effettivamente bisogno. !!"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n"
-"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n"
-"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n"
-"similar applications.\n"
-"\n"
-"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n"
-"machine. Mandrake Linux has four predefined installations available. You\n"
-"can think of these installation classes as containers for various packages.\n"
-"You can mix and match applications from the various containers, so a\n"
-"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n"
-"``Development'' container installed.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Workstation\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation,\n"
-"select one or more of the applications that are in the workstation\n"
-"container.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Development\": if plan on using your machine for programming, choose\n"
-"the appropriate packages from the container.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Server\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of\n"
-"the more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Graphical Environment\": this is where you will choose your preferred\n"
-"graphical environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a\n"
-"graphical interface available.\n"
-"\n"
-"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
-"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n"
-"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n"
-"different options for a minimal installation:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"With X\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
-"working graphical desktop.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"With basic documentation\": installs the base system plus basic\n"
-"utilities and their documentation. This installation is suitable for\n"
-"setting up a server.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Truly minimal install\": will install the absolute minimum number of\n"
-"packages necessary to get a working Linux system. With this installation\n"
-"you will only have a command line interface. The total size of this\n"
-"installation is 65 megabytes.\n"
-"\n"
-"You can check the \"Individual package selection\" box, which is useful if\n"
-"you are familiar with the packages being offered or if you want to have\n"
-"total control over what will be installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you started the installation in \"Upgrade\" mode, you can unselect all\n"
-"groups to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n"
-"updating an existing system."
-msgstr ""
-"Adesso è il momento di indicare i programmi che volete siano installati sul\n"
-"vostro sistema. Ci sono migliaia di programmi disponibili per Mandrake\n"
-"Linux, e nessuno si aspetta che li conosciate tutti a memoria.\n"
-"\n"
-"Se state effettuando un'installazione standard da CD-ROM, per prima cosa vi\n"
-"verrà chiesto di specificare quali sono i CD in vostro possesso (solo se\n"
-"siete in modalità Esperto): controllate le etichette dei CD e cliccate\n"
-"sulle caselle corrispondenti a quelli di cui disponete. Cliccate su \"Ok\"\n"
-"quando siete pronti per continuare.\n"
-"\n"
-"I pacchetti sono organizzati in gruppi corrispondenti a usi particolari\n"
-"della vostra macchina. I gruppi sono a loro volta divisi in quattro\n"
-"sezioni:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Workstation\": scegliete uno o più dei gruppi di questa sezione se la\n"
-"vostra macchina verrà utilizzata prevalentemente come workstation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Sviluppo\": se la macchina verrà usata per lo sviluppo di software\n"
-"scegliete i gruppi appropriati.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Server\": se il computer sarà usato come server, qui potrete scegliere\n"
-"i servizi più comuni da installare.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Ambiente grafico\": scegliete qui il vostro ambiente grafico\n"
-"preferito. Indicatene almeno uno se desiderate avere una workstation\n"
-"grafica!\n"
-"\n"
-"Spostando il puntatore del mouse sul nome di un gruppo verrà mostrato un\n"
-"breve testo di informazioni a riguardo. Se state effettuando\n"
-"un'installazione normale (non un aggiornamento) e deselezionate tutti i\n"
-"gruppi, comparirà una finestra di dialogo che vi proporrà alcune opzioni\n"
-"relative a un'installazione ''minima'':\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"With X\": installa i pacchetti strettamente necessari per avere un\n"
-"ambiente grafico funzionante;\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"With basic documentation\": installa il sistema base più le utilità di\n"
-"base e la relativa documentazione; questo tipo di installazione è utile se\n"
-"si vuole configurare un server;\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Truly minimal install\": provvederà all'installazione dello stretto\n"
-"necessario per avere un sistema Linux funzionante, avente come unica\n"
-"interfaccia la linea di comando.\n"
-"\n"
-"Se lo desiderate, potete abilitare l'opzione \"Selezione individuale dei\n"
-"pacchetti\". Questa è utilissima se conoscete bene i pacchetti presenti\n"
-"nella distribuzione o se desiderate avere il totale controllo di ciò che\n"
-"verrà installato.\n"
-"\n"
-"Se avete cominciato l'installazione in modalità \"Aggiornamento\", potete\n"
-"deselezionare tutti i gruppi per evitare di installare nuovi pacchetti, in\n"
-"questo modo effettuerete soltanto il ripristino o l'aggiornamento del\n"
-"sistema esistente."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
-"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
-"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
-"\"Hardware clock set to GMT \", which will let GNU/Linux know that the\n"
-"system clock and the hardware clock are in the same timezone. This is\n"
-"useful when the machine also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"Automatic time synchronization \" option will automatically regulate\n"
-"the clock by connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this\n"
-"feature to work, you must have a working Internet connection. It is best to\n"
-"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
-"server that can used by other machines on your local network."
-msgstr ""
-"GNU/Linux gestisce il tempo in base al GMT (''Greenwich Mean Time'') e lo\n"
-"traduce nell'ora locale secondo il fuso orario selezionato. Tuttavia è\n"
-"possibile disabilitare questa opzione togliendo il segno di spunta alla\n"
-"casella \"Hardware clock set to GMT\", in modo che l'orologio hardware\n"
-"coincida con quello di sistema. Questa scelta può tornare utile nel caso\n"
-"sulla macchina sia installato un altro sistema operativo, ad esempio\n"
-"Windows.\n"
-"\n"
-"L'opzione \"Automatic time synchronization\" provvederà a gestire l'ora\n"
-"grazie alla connessione via Internet con un server di orario remoto.\n"
-"Scegliete un server vicino a voi nella lista che vi verrà mostrata. Perché\n"
-"questa opzione funzioni, naturalmente, dovete disporre di una connessione a\n"
-"Internet funzionante. Sulla vostra macchina verrà installato un server del\n"
-"tempo che potrà essere usato anche per altre macchine che si trovano sulla\n"
-"vostra rete locale."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. DrakX\n"
-"knows if a selected package is located on another CD-ROM so it will eject\n"
-"the current CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required."
-msgstr ""
-"La distribuzione Mandrake Linux è suddivisa su più CD-ROM. DrakX sa se uno\n"
-"dei pacchetti selezionati si trova su un altro CD-ROM, pertanto provvederà,\n"
-"quando necessario, a espellere il CD attualmente inserito nel lettore e a\n"
-"chiedervi di inserire quello corretto."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
-"system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
-"administrator and is the only one authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
-"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
-"do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n"
-"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password that you chose too easy. As you\n"
-"can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n"
-"against. GNU/Linux is as prone to operator error as any other operating\n"
-"system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and unintentionally\n"
-"erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the partitions\n"
-"themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become \"root\".\n"
-"\n"
-"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
-"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it too\n"
-"easy to compromise a system.\n"
-"\n"
-"One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you\n"
-"must be able to remember it!\n"
-"\n"
-"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce\n"
-"the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password\n"
-"twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n"
-"``incorrect'' password will have to be used the first time you connect.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication\n"
-"server, clisk the \"Advanced\" button.\n"
-"\n"
-"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
-"services, select the appropriate one as \"authentication\". If you do not\n"
-"know which to use, ask your network administrator.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you happen to have problems with reminding passwords, you can choose to\n"
-"have \"No password\", if your computer won't be connected to the Internet,\n"
-"and if you trust anybody having access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Questo è il punto più critico per la sicurezza del vostro sistema\n"
-"GNU/Linux: state per decidere la password di \"root\". \"root\" è\n"
-"l'amministratore del sistema, ed è l'unico utente autorizzato a compiere\n"
-"aggiornamenti, aggiungere altri utenti, cambiare la configurazione globale\n"
-"del sistema, etc. In breve, può fare tutto ciò che vuole! Questo è il\n"
-"motivo per cui dovete scegliere una password che sia difficile da\n"
-"indovinare: DrakX vi dirà se è troppo facile. Potete anche scegliere di non\n"
-"digitare alcuna password, ma noi vi consigliamo caldamente di farlo, almeno\n"
-"per un motivo: non pensate che, avviando il sistema con GNU/Linux, gli\n"
-"altri sistemi operativi che convivono con esso sulla stessa macchina siano\n"
-"al sicuro da errori; al contrario: \"root\" può scavalcare ogni limitazione\n"
-"e (magari involontariamente) cancellare tutti i dati presenti sulle\n"
-"partizioni accedendo in maniera impropria a queste ultime! Quindi è molto\n"
-"importante che sia difficile per gli utenti normali diventare \"root\".\n"
-"\n"
-"La password ideale è costituita da un insieme di almeno 8 caratteri\n"
-"alfanumerici. Non appuntate mai da nessuna parte la password di \"root\",\n"
-"renderebbe troppo facile l'accesso al sistema da parte di estranei.\n"
-"\n"
-"Prestate attenzione, tuttavia, a non scegliere una password troppo lunga o\n"
-"complicata, perché dovete essere in grado di ricordarla senza troppo\n"
-"sforzo.\n"
-"\n"
-"La password non verrà mostrata mentre la digitate: per ridurre il rischio\n"
-"di un errore di battitura è necessario che venga inserita due volte. Se per\n"
-"caso però commettete lo stesso errore due volte, questa password\n"
-"\"scorretta\" sarà quella che verrà richiesta la prima volta che vi\n"
-"connetterete al sistema.\n"
-"\n"
-"In modalità Esperto vi verrà chiesto se il vostro computer è connesso a un\n"
-"server di autenticazione, secondo il protocollo NIS, LDAP o PDC.\n"
-"\n"
-"Se la vostra rete si basa sul protocollo LDAP, NIS o PDC per\n"
-"l'autenticazione, selezionate il pulsante appropriato per effettuare\n"
-"l'autenticazione. Se non siete sicuri, chiedete al vostro amministratore di\n"
-"rete.\n"
-"\n"
-"Se il vostro computer non è connesso a una rete soggetta ad autenticazione,\n"
-"scegliete \"File locali\"."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Here are Listed the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
-"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
-"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
-"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
-"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
-"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
-"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
-"\n"
-"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
-"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
-"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
-"hard drives:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
-"\n"
-"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
-"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
-msgstr ""
-"In alto potete vedere l'elenco delle partizioni Linux individuate sul\n"
-"vostro disco rigido. Potete attenervi alle scelte fatte dall'assistente,\n"
-"vanno bene per la maggior parte delle installazioni. Se fate dei\n"
-"cambiamenti, ricordate che dovete definire per lo meno una partizione root\n"
-"(''radice'') (\"/\"). Non sceglietela troppo piccola, altrimenti non sarete\n"
-"in grado di installare parte del software. Se poi volete archiviare i\n"
-"vostri dati su una partizione separata, dovrete assegnare una partizione\n"
-"anche a \"/home\" (ciò è possibile soltanto se avete a disposizione più\n"
-"partizioni Linux).\n"
-"\n"
-"Ogni partizione è elencata in base a queste caratteristiche: \"Nome\",\n"
-"\"Capacità\".\n"
-"\n"
-"Il \"Nome\" è strutturato in: \"tipo di disco rigido\", \"numero del\n"
-"disco\", \"numero della partizione\" (ad esempio, \"hda1\").\n"
-"\n"
-"Il \"tipo di disco rigido\" è \"hd\" se il vostro disco è di tipo IDE, e\n"
-"\"sd\" se, invece, è un disco SCSI.\n"
-"\n"
-"Il \"numero del disco\" è sempre una lettera che segue \"hd\" o \"sd\". Per\n"
-"i dischi IDE:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"a\" significa \"disco rigido master sul controller IDE primario\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"b\" significa \"disco rigido slave sul controller IDE primario\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"c\" significa \"disco rigido master sul controller IDE secondario\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"d\" significa \"disco rigido slave sul controller IDE secondario\".\n"
-"\n"
-"Per i dischi rigidi di tipo SCSI, invece, una \"a\" significa \"ID SCSI più\n"
-"basso\", una \"b\" significa \"ID SCSI immediatamente successivo ad a\",\n"
-"etc."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Click on \"Next ->\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present\n"
-"on this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"Next ->\", you will not\n"
-"be able to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive,\n"
-"including any Windows data.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"<- Previous\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n"
-"partitions present on this hard drive."
-msgstr ""
-"Cliccate sul pulsante \"OK\" se volete cancellare tutte le partizioni e i\n"
-"dati presenti su questo disco rigido. Prestate attenzione, dopo aver\n"
-"cliccato su \"OK\" non potrete più recuperare le partizioni e i dati\n"
-"presenti sul disco, compresi eventuali dati di Windows.\n"
-"\n"
-"Cliccate su \"Annulla\" per annullare questa operazione senza che venga\n"
-"perso nulla dei dati o partizioni presenti su questo disco rigido."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Checking \"Create a boot disk\" allows you to have a rescue bot media\n"
-"handy.\n"
-"\n"
-"The Mandrake Linux CD-ROM has a built-in rescue mode. You can access it by\n"
-"booting the CD-ROM, pressing the >> F1<< key at boot and typing >>rescue<<\n"
-"at the prompt. If your computer cannot boot from the CD-ROM, there are at\n"
-"least two situations where having a boot floppy is critical:\n"
-"\n"
-" * when installing the bootloader, DrakX will rewrite the boot sector (MBR)\n"
-"of your main disk (unless you are using another boot manager), to allow you\n"
-"to start up with either Windows or GNU/Linux (assuming you have Windows on\n"
-"your system). If at some point you need to reinstall Windows, the Microsoft\n"
-"install process will rewrite the boot sector and remove your ability to\n"
-"start GNU/Linux!\n"
-"\n"
-" * if a problem arises and you cannot start GNU/Linux from the hard disk,\n"
-"this floppy will be the only means of starting up GNU/Linux. It contains a\n"
-"fair number of system tools for restoring a system that has crashed due to\n"
-"a power failure, an unfortunate typing error, a forgotten root password, or\n"
-"any other reason.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you say \"Yes\", you will be asked to insert a disk in the drive. The\n"
-"floppy disk must be blank or have non-critical data on it - DrakX will\n"
-"format the floppy and will rewrite the whole disk."
-msgstr ""
-"Il CD-ROM di Mandrake Linux ha una modalità ''salvataggio'' preconfigurata.\n"
-"Potete accedervi effettuando il boot dal CD-ROM, premendo il tasto >>F1<<\n"
-"all'avvio e digitando >>rescue<< dal prompt. Ma se il vostro computer non\n"
-"può essere avviato dal CD-ROM, dovete effettuare questa operazione (la\n"
-"creazione di un disco di avvio) per almeno due ragioni:\n"
-"\n"
-" * quando il bootloader verrà installato, DrakX riscriverà il settore di\n"
-"boot (MBR) del vostro disco principale (a meno che voi non usiate un altro\n"
-"gestore del boot), in modo che possiate avviare sia Windows che GNU/Linux,\n"
-"se sul vostro sistema è installato anche Windows. Tuttavia, se in futuro si\n"
-"renderà necessario re-installare Windows, il programma di installazione\n"
-"Microsoft riscriverà il settore di boot, e di conseguenza non sarete più in\n"
-"grado di avviare GNU/Linux!\n"
-"\n"
-" * se si verifica un problema per cui non potete più lanciare GNU/Linux dal\n"
-"disco rigido, questo dischetto sarà l'unico mezzo per avviare GNU/Linux:\n"
-"contiene un buon numero di programmi di amministrazione del sistema per\n"
-"rimettere in sesto un'installazione che ha subito un crash per\n"
-"un'interruzione di corrente, uno sfortunato errore di battitura, una\n"
-"password dimenticata o qualsiasi altra ragione.\n"
-"\n"
-"Quando cliccherete su \"Sì\", vi verrà chiesto di inserire un disco in un\n"
-"lettore di floppy. Naturalmente il dischetto che utilizzerete deve essere\n"
-"vuoto o contenere soltanto dati di cui non avete più bisogno. Non sarà\n"
-"necessario formattarlo: DrakX riscriverà l'intero disco."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n"
-"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n"
-"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n"
-"subgroups, or individual packages.\n"
-"\n"
-"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n"
-"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
-"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
-"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
-"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
-"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
-"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n"
-"security holes are discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n"
-"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n"
-"or why it is being installed, then click \"No\". Clicking \"Yes \" will\n"
-"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n"
-"default during boot. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"Automatic dependencies\" option is used to disable the warning dialog\n"
-"which appears whenever the installer automatically selects a package to\n"
-"resolve a dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each\n"
-"other such that installation of a package requires that some other program\n"
-"is already installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n"
-"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n"
-"\n"
-"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
-"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
-"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
-"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n"
-"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n"
-"create such a floppy."
-msgstr ""
-"Ora, se avete scelto di indicare i pacchetti su base individuale, potete\n"
-"vedere una struttura ad albero contenente tutti i pacchetti organizzati in\n"
-"gruppi e sotto-gruppi. Mentre sfogliate questa lista gerarchica potete\n"
-"selezionare interi gruppi, sotto-gruppi o singoli pacchetti.\n"
-"\n"
-"Quando selezionate un pacchetto all'interno dell'albero, ne compare una\n"
-"descrizione sulla destra. Una volta terminata la scelta, cliccate sul\n"
-"pulsante \"Installa\" che provvederà a far partire l'installazione vera e\n"
-"propria. Il tempo necessario varia in base al numero di pacchetti che\n"
-"devono essere installati e alla velocità del vostro hardware, l'attesa\n"
-"potrebbe anche essere lunga. Una stima del tempo richiesto per finire\n"
-"l'installazione è visibile sullo schermo, in questo modo potrete sapere se\n"
-"avete tempo a sufficienza per godervi una tazza di caffè.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! Se avete selezionato un pacchetto che offre un servizio come server\n"
-"(intenzionalmente, oppure perché faceva parte di un gruppo), vi verrà\n"
-"chiesta conferma riguardo una sua effettiva installazione. Come opzione\n"
-"predefinita, in Mandrake Linux tutti i servizi installati vengono avviati\n"
-"automaticamente al momento del boot. Anche se si tratta di servizi sicuri\n"
-"al momento in cui è stata rilasciata questa versione della distribuzione,\n"
-"potrebbe accadere che successivamente vengano scoperte delle falle di\n"
-"sicurezza. Se poi non avete proprio idea di quale sia la funzione di uno di\n"
-"questi pacchetti, cliccate sul pulsante \"No\". Cliccando su \"Sì\" i\n"
-"servizi elencati verranno installati e saranno attivati in maniera\n"
-"automatica. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"L'opzione \"Mostra i pacchetti selezionati automaticamente\" vi permette di\n"
-"disabilitare la finestra di dialogo che compare tutte le volte che il\n"
-"programma di installazione seleziona automaticamente uno o più pacchetti.\n"
-"Il programma determina infatti in modo automatico quali altri pacchetti\n"
-"sono indispensabili a un dato pacchetto (''dipendenze'') perché\n"
-"quest'ultimo possa essere installato con successo.\n"
-"\n"
-"Il piccolo dischetto floppy in fondo alla lista vi permette di caricare una\n"
-"lista di pacchetti scelti durante una precedente installazione. Cliccando\n"
-"su questa icona vi verrà chiesto di inserire un floppy che avrete creato\n"
-"alla fine di un'altra installazione. Consultate le informazioni che\n"
-"riguardano l'ultimo passo del processo di installazione per sapere come\n"
-"creare questo dischetto."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n"
-"(formatting means creating a file system).\n"
-"\n"
-"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n"
-"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n"
-"partitions as well.\n"
-"\n"
-"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
-"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
-"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n"
-"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n"
-"\"/home\").\n"
-"\n"
-"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n"
-"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n"
-"it.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"Next ->\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"<- Previous\" if you want to choose another partition for your\n"
-"new Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"Advanced\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked\n"
-"for bad blocks on the disk."
-msgstr ""
-"Qualsiasi partizione appena definita deve essere formattata prima di poter\n"
-"essere usata (formattare significa creare un filesystem).\n"
-"\n"
-"Potreste anche voler riformattare alcune partizioni preesistenti, per\n"
-"cancellare i dati che contengono. Se desiderate farlo, scegliete qui le\n"
-"partizioni che intendete formattare.\n"
-"\n"
-"Tenete presente che non è necessario riformattare tutte le partizioni\n"
-"preesistenti. La formattazione è necessaria per le partizioni che\n"
-"contengono il sistema operativo (come \"/\", \"/usr\" o \"/var\"), ma\n"
-"potete evitare di riformattare quelle che contengono dati che desiderate\n"
-"conservare (tipicamente \"/home\").\n"
-"\n"
-"Fate molta attenzione nella scelta delle partizioni, dopo la formattazione\n"
-"tutti i dati saranno cancellati e non potrete recuperarli.\n"
-"\n"
-"Cliccate su \"Ok\" quando siete pronti a formattare le partizioni.\n"
-"\n"
-"Cliccate su \"Annulla\" se desiderate scegliere altre partizioni sulle\n"
-"quali installare il vostro nuovo sistema operativo Mandrake Linux.\n"
-"\n"
-"Cliccate su \"Avanzato\" se desiderate che le partizioni selezionate\n"
-"vengano controllate per accertare la presenza di eventuali blocchi\n"
-"danneggiati."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the default language you chose in Section , DrakX will\n"
-"automatically select a particular type of keyboard configuration. However,\n"
-"you might not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language:\n"
-"for example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may have a\n"
-"Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Quebec, you may\n"
-"find yourself in the same situation where your native language and keyboard\n"
-"do not match. In either case, this installation step will allow you to\n"
-"select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on the \"More \" button to be presented with the complete list of\n"
-"supported keyboards.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
-"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n"
-"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
-msgstr ""
-"Normalmente DrakX provvede a individuare automaticamente la tastiera\n"
-"corretta (in base alla lingua che avete scelto). Tuttavia, potreste avere\n"
-"una tastiera che non corrisponde esattamente alla vostra lingua: se siete\n"
-"un francese che parla italiano, ad esempio, potreste comunque preferire una\n"
-"tastiera francese. Oppure, se parlate italiano ma vivete nel Québec,\n"
-"potreste trovarvi nella stessa situazione. In entrambi i casi, dovrete\n"
-"tornare a questa fase dell'installazione e selezionare una tastiera\n"
-"appropriata dalla lista.\n"
-"\n"
-"Cliccate sul pulsante \"Avanzato\" per vedere una lista completa delle\n"
-"tastiere supportate.\n"
-"\n"
-"Se scegliete una mappa di tastiera basata su di un alfabeto non latino,\n"
-"nella finestra di dialogo successiva vi verrà chiesto di scegliere una\n"
-"scorciatoia da tastiera che vi permetterà in seguito di passare dalla mappa\n"
-"latina a quella non latina e viceversa."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n"
-"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n"
-"what it finds there:\n"
-"\n"
-" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n"
-"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or another\n"
-"OS.\n"
-"\n"
-" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n"
-"one.\n"
-"\n"
-"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n"
-"bootloader.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Boot device\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"First\n"
-"sector of drive (MBR)\"), but if you prefer, the bootloader can be\n"
-"installed on the second hard drive (\"/dev/hdb\"), or even on a floppy disk\n"
-"(\"On Floppy\").\n"
-"\n"
-"Checking \"Create a boot disk\" allows you to have a rescue bot media\n"
-"handy.\n"
-"\n"
-"The Mandrake Linux CD-ROM has a built-in rescue mode. You can access it by\n"
-"booting the CD-ROM, pressing the >> F1<< key at boot and typing >>rescue<<\n"
-"at the prompt. If your computer cannot boot from the CD-ROM, there are at\n"
-"least two situations where having a boot floppy is critical:\n"
-"\n"
-" * when installing the bootloader, DrakX will rewrite the boot sector (MBR)\n"
-"of your main disk (unless you are using another boot manager), to allow you\n"
-"to start up with either Windows or GNU/Linux (assuming you have Windows on\n"
-"your system). If at some point you need to reinstall Windows, the Microsoft\n"
-"install process will rewrite the boot sector and remove your ability to\n"
-"start GNU/Linux!\n"
-"\n"
-" * if a problem arises and you cannot start GNU/Linux from the hard disk,\n"
-"this floppy will be the only means of starting up GNU/Linux. It contains a\n"
-"fair number of system tools for restoring a system that has crashed due to\n"
-"a power failure, an unfortunate typing error, a forgotten root password, or\n"
-"any other reason.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you say \"Yes\", you will be asked to insert a disk in the drive. The\n"
-"floppy disk must be blank or have non-critical data on it - DrakX will\n"
-"format the floppy and will rewrite the whole disk."
-msgstr ""
-"Dovete adesso indicare dove volete che vengano collocate le informazioni\n"
-"necessarie per effettuare il boot con GNU/Linux.\n"
-"\n"
-"A meno che non sappiate esattamente quello che state facendo, scegliete\n"
-"\"Primo settore del disco rigido (MBR)\"."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
-"ready to use. Just click \"Next ->\" to reboot the system. The first thing\n"
-"you should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is\n"
-"the bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to\n"
-"start.\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"Advanced\" button (in Expert mode only) shows two more buttons to:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"generate auto-install floppy\": to create an installation floppy disk\n"
-"that will automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an\n"
-"operator, similar to the installation you just configured.\n"
-"\n"
-"   Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"Replay\". This is a partially automated installation. The\n"
-"partitioning step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"Automated\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is\n"
-"completely rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
-"\n"
-"   This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.\n"
-"See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Save packages selection\"(*): saves a list of the package selected in\n"
-"this installation. To use this selection with another installation, insert\n"
-"the floppy and start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key\n"
-"and type >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\" <<.\n"
-"\n"
-"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
-"\"mformat a:\")"
-msgstr ""
-"Ecco fatto: l'installazione è terminata, e il vostro sistema GNU/Linux è\n"
-"pronto per essere usato. Dovete soltanto cliccare sul pulsante \"OK\" per\n"
-"riavviare il sistema. Potete lanciare GNU/Linux o Windows (se presente),\n"
-"qualunque preferiate dei due, non appena il computer avrà terminato di\n"
-"effettuare il boot.\n"
-"\n"
-"Cliccando sul pulsante \"Avanzato\" (solo in modalità Esperto) avrete altri\n"
-"due pulsanti a vostra disposizione:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Crea il floppy di installazione automatica\": per creare un floppy di\n"
-"installazione che permette di eseguire automaticamente un' installazione\n"
-"completa, del tutto simile a quella che avete appena finito di configurare,\n"
-"senza che sia necessario l'intervento di un operatore.\n"
-"\n"
-"   Notate che, dopo aver cliccato sul pulsante, saranno disponibili due\n"
-"opzioni diverse:\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"Ripeti\": questa è un'installazione automatizzata solo in parte, in\n"
-"quanto la fase di partizionamento del disco (e solo quella) resta\n"
-"interattiva.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"Automatizzata\": l'installazione è completamente automatizzata: il\n"
-"disco rigido viene riscritto per intero, tutti tutti i dati che contiene\n"
-"andranno persi.\n"
-"\n"
-"   Questa caratteristica è molto utile quando si deve installare il sistema\n"
-"su un gran numero di macchine dalle caratteristiche simili. Si veda la\n"
-"sezione Installazione automatica sul nostro sito web.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Salva scelta pacchetti\" (*): salva la selezione dei pacchetti\n"
-"effettuata in precedenza. Al momento di effettuare un'altra installazione,\n"
-"potrete inserire il dischetto nel lettore e installare il sistema\n"
-"richiamando la schermata di aiuto (premendo [F1]) e digitando >>linux\n"
-"defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n"
-"\n"
-"(*) Sarà necessario un dischetto formattato con il filesystem FAT: per\n"
-"crearne uno sotto GNU/Linux digitate \"mformat a:\""
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
-"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
-"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
-"\n"
-"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX will ask you if you have\n"
-"a PCI SCSI installed. Clicking \" Yes\" will display a list of SCSI cards\n"
-"to choose from. Click \"No\" if you know that you have no SCSI hardware in\n"
-"your machine. If you're not sure, you can check the list of hardware\n"
-"detected in your machine by selecting \"See hardware info \" and clicking\n"
-"the \"Next ->\". Examine the list of hardware and then click on the \"Next\n"
-"->\" button to return to the SCSI interface question.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
-"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
-"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
-"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
-"issues.\n"
-"\n"
-"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
-"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
-"configure the driver."
-msgstr ""
-"Ora DrakX procederà con il rilevamento di tutti i dischi rigidi e altri\n"
-"dispositivi IDE presenti sul vostro computer, e cercherà anche di stabilire\n"
-"se sul vostro sistema sono presenti una o più schede SCSI di tipo PCI. Se\n"
-"verrà individuato un dispositivo di questo tipo, DrakX installerà\n"
-"automaticamente il driver appropriato.\n"
-"\n"
-"Dato che il riconoscimento automatico in alcuni casi potrebbe non riuscire\n"
-"a individuare una particolare periferica, vi verrà comunque chiesto se\n"
-"avete una scheda SCSI PCI diversa da quelle eventualmente identificate.\n"
-"Scegliete \"Sì\" se siete sicuri che nel vostro computer è presente\n"
-"un'altra scheda SCSI, quindi indicate nella lista il modello installato.\n"
-"Scegliete invece \"No\" se non disponete di nessun tipo di hardware SCSI, o\n"
-"se siete soddisfatti del riconoscimento automatico. Se non siete sicuri\n"
-"potete anche controllare la lista dell'hardware rilevato nella vostra\n"
-"macchina selezionando \"Vedi informazioni hardware\" e cliccando su \"Ok\".\n"
-"Controllate l'elenco dell'hardware individuato, quindi cliccate sul\n"
-"pulsante \"Ok\" per ritornare alla domanda relativa alla scheda SCSI.\n"
-"\n"
-"Nel caso siate costretti a specificare manualmente il tipo di scheda in\n"
-"vostro possesso, DrakX vi chiederà se intendete indicare il valore di\n"
-"alcuni parametri da usare con essa. Vi consigliamo di permettere a DrakX di\n"
-"esaminare l'hardware per stabilire quali parametri specifici per la\n"
-"particolare scheda dovranno essere impostati all'inizializzazione; questo\n"
-"metodo in genere permette di ottenere buoni risultati.\n"
-"\n"
-"Se DrakX non riesce a stabilire quali sono i parametri da passare alla\n"
-"scheda, dovrete specificarle manualmente."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems,\n"
-"alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n"
-"\n"
-"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n"
-"partition.\n"
-"\n"
-"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n"
-"select this boot option.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Image: this would be the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux\n"
-"or a variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is often used to\n"
-"assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button\n"
-"emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n"
-"The following are some examples:\n"
-"\n"
-"         video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"hda=autotune\n"
-"\n"
-"         video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n"
-"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n"
-"boot situation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4096 Kbytes. If you\n"
-"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used to specify a\n"
-"ramdisk larger than the default.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially mounted as\n"
-"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ``live''.\n"
-"You can override the default with this option.\n"
-"\n"
-" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n"
-"problematic, you can select this option to boot in ``novideo'' mode, with\n"
-"native frame buffer support.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n"
-"selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n"
-"highlighted with a ``*'' if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections."
-msgstr ""
-"You can add additional entries for yaboot, either for other operating\n"
-"systems, alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n"
-"\n"
-"For other OS's, the entry consists only of a label and the root partition.\n"
-"\n"
-"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Label: this is simply the name you will have to type at the yaboot\n"
-"prompt to select this boot option.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Image: this would be the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux\n"
-"or a variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Root: the \"root\" device or \"/\" for your Linux installation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is used quite often\n"
-"to assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse\n"
-"button emulation for the often lacking 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock\n"
-"Apple mouse. The following are some examples:\n"
-"\n"
-"         video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"hda=autotune\n"
-"\n"
-"         video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules, before\n"
-"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n"
-"boot situation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4,096 bytes. If you\n"
-"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially brought up in\n"
-"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes \"live\".\n"
-"Here, you can override this option.\n"
-"\n"
-" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n"
-"problematic, you can select this option to boot in \"novideo\" mode, with\n"
-"native frame buffer support.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n"
-"selectable by just pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will\n"
-"also be highlighted with a \"*\", if you press [Tab] to see the boot\n"
-"selections."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
-"installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
-"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or from another\n"
-"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
-"partitions must be defined.\n"
-"\n"
-"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
-"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
-"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
-"\n"
-"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Clear all\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard\n"
-"drive\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Auto allocate\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3\n"
-"and swap partitions in free space of your hard drive\n"
-"\n"
-"\"More\": gives access to additional features:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Save partition table\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful\n"
-"for later partition-table recovery, if necessary. It is strongly\n"
-"recommended that you perform this step.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Restore partition table\": allows you to restore a previously saved\n"
-"partition table from a floppy disk.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Rescue partition table\": if your partition table is damaged, you can\n"
-"try to recover it using this option. Please be careful and remember that it\n"
-"doesn't always work.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Reload partition table\": discards all changes and reloads the\n"
-"partition table that was originally on the hard drive.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Removable media automounting\": unchecking this option will force\n"
-"users to manually mount and unmount removable medias such as floppies and\n"
-"CD-ROMs.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Wizard\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition\n"
-"your hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good\n"
-"understanding of partitioning.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Undo\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Toggle to normal/expert mode\": allows additional actions on\n"
-"partitions (type, options, format) and gives more information about the\n"
-"hard drive.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Done\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
-"save your changes back to disk.\n"
-"\n"
-"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
-"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
-"\n"
-"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
-"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
-"\n"
-"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
-"\n"
-"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
-"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
-msgstr ""
-"A questo punto, dovete decidere quali partizioni devono essere usate per\n"
-"l'installazione del vostro sistema Mandrake Linux. Se sono già state\n"
-"definite delle partizioni, grazie a una precedente installazione di\n"
-"GNU/Linux o usando un altro programma di partizionamento, potete utilizzare\n"
-"quelle. In caso contrario, sarà necessario creare o modificare le\n"
-"partizioni del disco rigido.\n"
-"\n"
-"Per creare delle partizioni dovete, per prima cosa, selezionare un disco\n"
-"rigido. Potete scegliere il disco da partizionare cliccando su \"hda\" per\n"
-"il primo disco IDE, \"hdb\" per il secondo, \"sda\" per il primo disco\n"
-"SCSI, e così via.\n"
-"\n"
-"Per partizionare il disco selezionato potete scegliere fra queste opzioni:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Cancella tutto\": questa opzione cancella tutte le partizioni presenti\n"
-"sul disco selezionato.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Alloca automaticamente\": questa opzione vi permette di creare\n"
-"automaticamente partizioni ext3 e di swap nello spazio libero presente sul\n"
-"vostro disco rigido.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Ancora\": permette di accedere ad ulteriori funzionalità:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Salva tabella delle partizioni\": salva la tabella delle partizioni su\n"
-"un floppy. Utile per recuperarla in un secondo momento, se necessario. Vi\n"
-"raccomandiamo caldamente di effettuare questa operazione.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Ripristina tabella delle partizioni\": permette di ripristinare una\n"
-"tabella delle partizioni precedentemente salvata su floppy disk.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Recupera tabella delle partizioni\": se la vostra tabella delle\n"
-"partizioni è danneggiata potete provare a recuperarla grazie a questa\n"
-"opzione. Procedete con attenzione, e ricordate che potrebbe non avere\n"
-"successo.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Ricarica tabella delle partizioni\": annulla tutte le modifiche e\n"
-"ricarica la tabella delle partizioni originaria.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Automounting di media rimovibili\": se disabilitate questa opzione gli\n"
-"utenti saranno costretti a montare e smontare manualmente i filesystem dei\n"
-"dispositivi rimovibili, come lettori floppy e CD-ROM.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Assistente\": usate questa opzione per effettuare il partizionamento\n"
-"del disco con l'aiuto di un assistente. Altamente raccomandata se non avete\n"
-"una buona conoscenza del partizionamento.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Un passo indietro\": con questa opzione le modifiche apportate\n"
-"verranno annullate.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Passa a modo Esperto\": permette di effettuare ulteriori azioni sulle\n"
-"partizioni (scelta del tipo, opzioni, formattazione) e offre più\n"
-"informazioni.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"Fatto\": quando avrete finito il partizionamento del disco cliccate su\n"
-"questa opzione, le vostre modifiche verranno salvate sul disco.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si noti che è possibile raggiungere ogni opzione usando la tastiera. Per\n"
-"spostarvi fra le partizioni usate i tasti [Tab] e le frecce [Sù/Giù].\n"
-"\n"
-"Dopo aver selezionato una partizione potete usare:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl-c per creare una nuova partizione (se avete selezionato una\n"
-"partizione vuota);\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl-d per cancellare una partizione;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl-m per impostare il punto di mount.\n"
-"\n"
-"Per ottenere informazioni in merito ai diversi tipi di filesystem\n"
-"disponibili, consultate il capitolo ext2FS del ''Manuale di riferimento''.\n"
-"\n"
-"Se state effettuando l'installazione su una macchina PPC, sarà necessario\n"
-"creare una piccola partizione HFS di almeno 11Mb, che verrà utilizzata dal\n"
-"bootloader yaboot. Se decidete di creare una partizione più grande, diciamo\n"
-"sui 50 Mb, essa potrebbe rappresentare un utile deposito in cui conservare\n"
-"un kernel di riserva e immagini di ''ramdisk'' da utilizzare in caso di\n"
-"emergenza."
-
+"installare
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/no.po b/perl-install/share/po/no.po
index 7db6de1ae..7a8f1bbe7 100644
--- a/perl-install/share/po/no.po
+++ b/perl-install/share/po/no.po
@@ -16675,7 +16675,7 @@ msgid ""
 "server\n"
 "and a TFTP server to build an installation server.\n"
 "With that feature, other computers on your local network will be installable "
-"using from this computer.\n"
+"using this computer as source.\n"
 "\n"
 "Make sure you have configured your Network/Internet access using drakconnect "
 "before going any further.\n"
@@ -17290,10 +17290,20 @@ msgstr "nettverksprinterport"
 
 #: ../../standalone/harddrake2:1
 #, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "the name of the CPU"
+msgstr "leverandørnavnet til enheten"
+
+#: ../../standalone/harddrake2:1
+#, fuzzy, c-format
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "Navn"
 
 #: ../../standalone/harddrake2:1
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "the number of buttons the mouse have"
+msgstr "leverandørnavnet til prosessoren"
+
+#: ../../standalone/harddrake2:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Number of buttons"
 msgstr "Antall knapper"
@@ -17464,11 +17474,11 @@ msgstr "Dette feltet beskriver enheten"
 #: ../../standalone/harddrake2:1
 #, c-format
 msgid ""
-"The cpu frequency in Mhz (Mega herz which in first approximation may be "
+"The CPU frequency in MHz (Megahertz which in first approximation may be "
 "coarsely assimilated to number of instructions the cpu is able to execute "
 "per second)"
 msgstr ""
-"Prosessorklokkefrekvens i Mhz (MegaHertz som kan bli (grovt) målt i antall "
+"Prosessorklokkefrekvens i MHz (MegaHertz som kan bli (grovt) målt i antall "
 "instruksjoner prosessoren klarer å utføre per sekund)"
 
 #: ../../standalone/harddrake2:1
diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/sp.po b/perl-install/share/po/sp.po
index 1d54e3564..71fd2c9df 100644
--- a/perl-install/share/po/sp.po
+++ b/perl-install/share/po/sp.po
@@ -17833,7 +17833,7 @@ msgid ""
 "server\n"
 "and a TFTP server to build an installation server.\n"
 "With that feature, other computers on your local network will be installable "
-"using from this computer.\n"
+"using this computer as source.\n"
 "\n"
 "Make sure you have configured your Network/Internet access using drakconnect "
 "before going any further.\n"
@@ -18515,11 +18515,21 @@ msgid "network printer port"
 msgstr "ßÞàâ ÜàÕÖÝÞÓ èâÐÜßÐçÐ"
 
 #: ../../standalone/harddrake2:1
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "the name of the CPU"
+msgstr "¸ÜÕ ßàØ×ÞÒòÐçÐ ãàÕòÐøÐ"
+
+#: ../../standalone/harddrake2:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "¸ÜÕ "
 
 #: ../../standalone/harddrake2:1
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "the number of buttons the mouse have"
+msgstr "±àÞø ßàÞæÕáÞàÐ"
+
+#: ../../standalone/harddrake2:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Number of buttons"
 msgstr "±àÞø âÐáâÕàÐ"
@@ -18689,11 +18699,11 @@ msgstr "¾ÒÞ ßÞùÕ ÞßØáãøÕ ãàÕòÐø"
 #: ../../standalone/harddrake2:1
 #, c-format
 msgid ""
-"The cpu frequency in Mhz (Mega herz which in first approximation may be "
+"The CPU frequency in MHz (Megahertz which in first approximation may be "
 "coarsely assimilated to number of instructions the cpu is able to execute "
 "per second)"
 msgstr ""
-"ÄàÕÚÒÕÝæØøÐ ßàÞæÕáÞàÐ ã Mhz (Mega herz ÚÞøØ ã ßàÒÞø ÐßàÞÚáØÜÐæØøØ ÜÞÖÕ ÑØâØ "
+"ÄàÕÚÒÕÝæØøÐ ßàÞæÕáÞàÐ ã MHz (Mega herz ÚÞøØ ã ßàÒÞø ÐßàÞÚáØÜÐæØøØ ÜÞÖÕ ÑØâØ "
 "áÜÐâàÐÝ ×Ð ÑàÞø ØÝáâàãÚæØøÐ ÚÞøÕ ßàÞæÕáÞà ÜÞÖÕ ÔÐ Ø×ÒàèØ ã áÕÚãÝÔØ)"
 
 #: ../../standalone/harddrake2:1